*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** **6560 -**  **50 -**  **P** E.O. 12866 Ferroalloys Production 2060
-AQ11 Supplemental Proposal 20140 313 **ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY**

**40 CFR Part 63 [EPA** **- HQ** **- OAR** **- 2010**  **- 0895; FRL** **- XXXX** **- X]** 

**RIN 2060**  **- AQ** **- 11**  **National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Ferroalloys Production** 
**AGENCY:** Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). **ACTION:** Supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking . **SUMMARY:** This action supplements our proposed amendments to the national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for the ferroalloys production source category published in the Federal Register on November 23, 2011 (76 FR 72508). I n that action, the Environmental Protection Agency ( EPA ) proposed amendme nts based
on the initial technology and residual risk reviews for this source category . T oday’s action presents a new technology review and a new residual risk analysis for the ferroalloys production source category and proposes revisions to the standards based on those reviews. This action also proposes new compliance requirements to meet the revised standards. This action would result in significant environmental improvements through the reduction of fugitive manganese emissions and through more*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **2** of **281** stringent emission limits for several processes. **DATES:** Comments . Comments must be received on or before **[INSERT DATE 45**  **DAYS AFTER DATE OF**  **PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER]** . A copy of comments on the information collection provisions should be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on or before **[INSERT THE DATE 30 DAYS AFTER DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER.]**  Public Hearing . If anyone contacts the E PA requesting a public hearing by June [insert specific date here] , 2014, the EPA will hold a public hearing on July [ insert specific date ] , 2014, from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. at [insert specific location here] in Mariett a , Ohio. If the EPA holds a public hearing, the EPA will keep the record of the hearing open for 30 days after completion of the hearing to provide an opportunity for submission of rebuttal and supplementary information. **ADDRESSES:** Comments . Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895 , by one of the following methods:

• http:// www.regulations.gov : Follow the on
- line instructions for submitting comments.

• Email : a - and
- r - docket@epa.gov . Attention Docket ID Number EPA
- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895.

• Fax : (202) 566
- 9744. Attention Docket ID Number EPA
HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **3** of **281**

• Mail : U.S. Postal Service, send comments to: EPA Docket Center, EPA West Building (Air Docket), Attention Docket ID Number EPA
- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mailcode: 2822 1 T, 1200 Pennsylvan ia Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20460. Please include a total of two copies.

• Hand Delivery : U.S. Environmental Protection Agency , EPA West Building (Air Docket) , Room 3334, 1301 Constituti on Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20 0 04, Attention Docket ID Number EPA- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket’s normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information. In addition, please mail a copy of your comments on the information collecti on provisions to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Attn: Desk Officer for EPA, 725 17 th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20503. Instructions **.** Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA
- HQ OAR- 2010
- 0895 . The EPA’s policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available online at http://www.regulations.gov , including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **4** of **281** information claimed to be confidential business information (CBI) or other information whose disclo sure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through www.regulations.gov or email . The http:// www.regulations.gov web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means the EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide i t in the body of your comment. If you send an email comment directly to the EPA without going through http:// www.regulations.gov, your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, the EPA recommends that you include your name and other co ntact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD
ROM you submit. If the EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, the EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should not include special characters or any form of encryption and be free of any defects or viruses. For additional information about the EPA’s public docke t, visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at: http://www.epa.gov/dockets Docket . The EPA has established a docket for this rulemaking under Docket ID Number EPA
- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895. All*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **5** of **281** documents in the docket are listed in the regulations.gov index . Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other informat ion whose disclo sure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the internet and will be publicl y available only in hard copy. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in regulations.gov or in hard copy at the EPA Docket Center , EPA West Building , Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC . The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Fr iday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566
- 1744, and the telephone number for the EPA Docket Center is (202) 566
- 1742. Public Hearing . If anyone contacts the EPA requesting a public hearing by [insert date] , the public hearing will be held
on [insert date] , from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. at [insert specific location] in Marietta Ohio . Persons interested in presenting oral testimony or inquiring as to whether a public hearing will be held should c ontact Ms. Virginia Hunt of the Sector Policies and Programs Division ( E143
- 01 ), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: 919
- 541
-*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **6** of **281** 0832 ; fax number: (919) 541
- 0246 ; email address: hunt.virginia@epa.gov . **FOR FURTHER INFORMATION** : For questions about this proposed action , contact Mr. Phil Mulrine , Sector Po licies and Programs Division (D243
- 02 ), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711 ; telephone (919) 541
- 5289 ; fax number: (919) 541
- 3207; and email address: mulrine.phil @epa.gov. For specific information regarding the risk modeling methodology, contact Ms. Darcie Smith, Health and Envir onmental Impacts Division (C539

– 02), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: (919) 541

– 2076; fax number: (919) 541

– 2076 ; and email address: smith.darcie@epa.gov . For information about the applicability of the National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) to a particular entity, contact Cary Secrest, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance (OECA), telephone number: (202) 564
- 8661 and email address: seacrest.cary@epa.gov. **SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION** : Preamble Acronyms and Abbreviations We use multiple acronyms and terms in this preamble. While this list may not be exhaustive, to ease the reading of this*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **7** of **281** preamble and for reference purposes, the EPA defines the following terms and acronyms here: AEGL acute exposure guideline levels AERMOD air dispersion model used by the HEM
- 3 model ATSDR Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry BLDS bag leak detection system BTF Beyond the Floor CAA Clean Air Act CalEPA California EPA CBI Confidential Business Information CFR Code of Federal Regulations EJ environmental justice EPA Environmental Protection Agency ERPG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines ERT Electronic Reporting Tool FR Federal Register HAP hazardous air pollutants HCl hydrochloric acid HEM- 3 Human Exposure Model, Version 1.1.0 HI Hazard Index HQ Hazard Quotient IRIS Integrated Risk Information System km kilometer LOAEL lowest
- observed
- adverse
- effect level MACT maximum achievabl e control technology MACT Code Code within the National Emissions Inventory used to

identify processes included in a source category mg/dscm milligrams per dry standard cubic meter mg/kg

- day milligrams per kilogram
- day mg/m3 milligrams per cubic meter MIR maximum individual risk MRL Minimal Risk Level NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NAICS North American Industry Classification System NAS National Academy of Sciences NATA National Air Toxics Assessment*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **8** of **281** NESHAP National Emissions Standards for Ha zardous Air

Pollutants NOAEL no - observed
- adverse
- effect level NRC National Research Council NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act OAQPS Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards OECA Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance OMB Of fice of Management and Budget PAH polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons PB - HAP hazardous air pollutants known to be persistent and

bio
- accumulative in the environment PEL probable effect level PM particulate matter POM polycyclic organic matter ppm parts per million RDL representative method detection level REL reference exposure level RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act RfC reference concentration RfD reference dose RTR residual risk and technology review SAB Science Advisory Board SBA Small Business Administration SSM startup, shutdown, and malfunction TOSHI target organ - specific hazard index TPY tons per year TRIM.FaTE Total Risk Integrated Methodology.Fate, Transport,

and Ecological Exposure model TTN Technology Transfer Network UF uncertainty facto r μg /dscm micrograms per dry standard cubic meter μg/m3 micrograms per cubic meter UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act UPL Upper Prediction Limit URE unit risk estimate VC S voluntary consensus standards*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **9** of **281** Organization of this Document . The information in this preamble is organized as follows:
**I . General Information**  A. Does this action apply to me? B . Where can I get a copy of this document and other related information? C . What should I consider as I prepare my comments for the EPA? **II. Background Information**  A. What is the statutory authority for this action? B. What is this source cate gory and how does the current NESHAP regulate its HAP emissions ? C. What is the history of the Ferroalloys Production Risk and Technology Review? D. What data collection activities were conducted to support this action? **III. Analy** **tical Procedures** A . For purposes of this supplemental proposal, how did we estimate the post -MACT risk s posed by the Ferroal loys Production source category ? B. How did we consider the risk results in making decisions for this supplemental proposal? C. How did we perform the technology review? **IV. Revised**  **Analytical Results and Pro posed Decisions**  **for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category**  A. What actions are we taking pursuant to CAA sections 112(d)(2) and 112(d)(3)? B. What are the results of the risk assessment and analyses? C. What are our proposed decisions regarding risk acceptability, ample margin of safety and adverse environmental effects based on our revised analyses ? D. What are the results and proposed decisions based on our technology review? E. What other actions a re we proposing? F . What compliance dates are we proposing? **V. Summary of the Revised**  **Cost, Environmental and Economic Impacts**  A. What are the affected sources? B. What are the air quality impacts? C. What are the cost impacts? D. What are the economic impacts?*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **10** of **281** E. What are the benefits? **VI. Request for Comments**  **V I**  **I . Submitting Data Corrections**  **V I**  **I I**  **. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews** A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review B. Paperwork Reduction Act C. Regulatory Flexibility Act D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low
- Income Populations **I. General Information** A . Does this action apply to me? Table 1 of this preamble lists the industrial source category that is the s ubject of this supplemental proposal. Table 1 is not intended to be exhaustive but rather to provide a guide for readers regarding the entities that this proposed action is likely to affect. The proposed standards, once finalized, will be directly applicable to the affected sources. Federal, state, l ocal and tribal government agencies are not affected by this proposed action. As defined in the “ Initial List of Cate gories of Sources Under Section 112(c)(1) of the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **11** of **281** Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990” (see 57 FR 31576, July 16, 1992) , the “Ferroalloys Production” source category is any facility engaged in producing ferroalloys such as ferrosilicon, ferromanganese, and ferrochrome. 1 The EPA redefined the Ferroalloys Production source category when it promulgated the 1999 Ferroalloy s Production standard s o that it now includes only major sources that produce products containing manganese (Mn) . (64 FR 27450, May 20, 1999). The 1999 standard applies specifically to two ferroalloy product types: ferromanganese and silicomanganese. **Table 1 . NESHAP AND INDUSTRI** **AL SOURCE CATEGORIES AFFECTED BY THIS PROPOSED ACTION**  **Source Category NESHAP**  **NAICS code** **a** Ferroalloys Production Ferroalloys Production 331110
a 2012 North American Industry Classification System B. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related information? In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this action is available on the Internet through EPA’s Technology Transfer Network (TTN) website, a forum for information and technology exchange in various areas of a ir pollution control. Following signature by the EPA Administrator, the EPA will post a copy of this proposed action on the TTN’s
1 U.S. EPA. Documentation for Developing the Initial Source Category List

– Final Report, EPA/OAQPS, EPA

- 450/3

- 91
- 030, July, 1992.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **12** of **281** policy and guidance page for newly proposed or promulgated rules at: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg /t3pfpr.html . Following publi cation in the Federal Register , the EPA will post the Federal Register version of the proposal and key technical documents on the project website: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/ferroa/ferropg.html . Information on the overall residual risk and technology review program is available at the following website: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/rrisk/rtrpg.html. C. What should I consider as I prepare my comments for the EPA? Submitting CBI . Do not submit information containing CBI to the EPA through http://www.regulations.gov or email . Clearly mark the part or all of the information that you claim to be CBI. For CBI information on a disk or CD
- ROM that you mail to the EPA, mark the outside of the disk or CD
- ROM as CBI and then identify electronically within the disk or CD
- ROM the specific information that is claimed as CBI. In addition to one complete version of the comments that includes information claimed as CBI, you must submit a copy of the comments that does not contain the information claimed as CBI for inclusion in the public docket. If you submit a CD
- ROM or disk that does not contain CBI, mark the outside of the disk or CD
- ROM clearly that it does not contain CBI. Information not ma rked as CBI will be*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **13** of **2 81**  included in the public docket and the EPA’s electronic public docket without prior notice. Information marked as CBI will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 2. Se nd or deliver information identified as CBI only to the following address: Roberto Morales, OAQPS Document Control Officer (C404
- 02), OAQPS, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, Attention Docket ID Number EPA
- HQ OAR- 2010
- 0895. **II. Background Information**  A. What is the statutory authority for this action? Section 112 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) establishes a two
stage regulatory process to address emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) from stationary sour ces. In the first stage, after the EPA has identified categories of sources emitting one or more of the HAP listed in CAA section 112(b), CAA section 112(d) requires us to promulgate technology
-based NESHAP for those sources. “Major sources” are those that emit or have the potential to emit 10 tons per year (tpy) or more of a single HAP or 25 tpy or more of any combination of HAPs. For major sources, the technology
-based NESHAP must reflect the maximum degree of emission reductions of HAPs achievable (after considering cost, energy requirements and non
- air quality health and environmental*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **14** of **281** impacts) and are commonly referred to as maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standards. MACT standards must reflect the maximum degree of emissions reduction achievable through the application of measures, processes, methods, systems or techniques, including, but not limited to, measures that (1) reduce the volume of or eliminate pollutants through process changes, substitution of materials or other modifications; ( 2) enclose systems or processes to eliminate emissions; (3) capture or treat pollutants when released from a process, stack, storage or fugitive emissions point; (4) are design, equipment, work practice or operational standards (including requirements for operator training or certification); or (5) are a combination of the above. CAA section 112(d)(2)(A)
- (E). The MACT standards may take the form of design, equipment, work practice or operational standards where the EPA first determines either that (1) a pol lutant cannot be emitted through a conveyance designed and constructed to emit or capture the pollutant, or that any requirement for, or use of, such a conveyance would be inconsistent with law; or (2) the application of measurement methodology to a particular class of sources is not practicable due to technological and economic limitations. CAA section 112(h)(1)
- (2).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **15** of **281** The MACT “floor” is the minimum control level allowed for MACT standards promulgated under CAA section 112(d)(3) and may not be based on cost considerations. For new sources, the MACT floor cannot be less stringent than the emissions control that is achieved in practice by the best
- controlled similar source. The MACT floor for existing sources can be less stringent than floors for new sources but not less stringent than the average emissions limitation achieved by the best
-performing 12 percent of existing sources in the category or subcategory (or the best
performing five sources for categories or subcategories with fewer than 30 sources). In developing MACT standards, the EPA must also consider control options that are more stringent than the floor. We may establish standards more stringent than the floor based on considerations of the cost of achieving the emission reductions, any non
- air qual ity health and environmental impacts and energy requirements. The EPA is then required to review these technology
-based standards and revise them “as necessary (taking into account developments in practices, processes, and control technologies)” no less frequently than every eight years. CAA section 112(d)(6). In conducting this review, the EPA is not required to recalculate the MACT floor. Natural Resources Defense Council ( NRDC) v. EPA , 529 F.3d 1077, 1084 (D.C. Cir. 2008). Association*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **16** of **281** of Battery Recycler s, Inc. v. EPA , 716 F.3d 667 (D.C. Cir. 2013). The second stage in standard
- setting focuses on reducing any remaining (i.e., “residual”) risk according to CAA section 112(f). This provision requires, first, that the EPA prepare a report to Congress discuss ing (among other things) methods of calculating the risks posed (or potentially posed) by sources after implementation of the MACT standards, the public health significance of those risks and the EPA’s recommendations as to legislation regarding such remai ning risk. The EPA prepared and submitted the Residual Risk Report to Congress , EPA

– 453/R

– 99

– 001 ( Risk Report ) in March 1999. Congress did not act in response, thereby triggering the EPA’s obligation under CAA section 112(f)(2) to analyze and address residual risk. Section 112(f)(2) of the CAA requires the EPA to determine for source categories subject to MACT standards whether the emission standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. Section 112(f)(2)(B) of the CAA expressly preserves the EPA’s use of the two
- step process for developing standards to address any residual risk and the agency’s interpretation of “ample margin of safety” developed in the National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Benzene Emissions from Maleic Anhydride Plants,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **17** of **281** Ethylbenzene/Styrene Plants, Benzene Storage Vessels, Benzene Equipment Leaks, and Coke By
- Product Recovery Plants (Benzene NESHAP) (54 FR 38044, September 14, 1989). The EPA notified Congress in the Risk Report that the agency inte nded to use the Benzene NESHAP approach in making CAA section 112(f) residual risk determinations (EPA

– 453/R

– 99

– 001, p. ES

– 11). The EPA subsequently adopted this approach in its residual risk determinations and in a challenge to the risk review for the Syn thetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing source category, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit upheld as reasonable the EPA’s interpretation that subsection 112(f)(2) incorporates the standards established in the Benzene NES HAP. See NRDC v. EPA , 529 F.3d 1077, 1083 (D.C. Cir. 2008)(“[S]ubsection 112(f)(2)(B) expressly incorporates the EPA’s interpretation of the Clean Air Act from the Benzene standard, complete with a citation to the Federal Register. ”); see also A Legislative History of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 , vol. 1, p. 877 (Senate debate on Conference Report). The first step in the process of evaluating residual risk is the determination of acceptable risk. If risks are unacceptable, the EPA cannot consider co st in identifying the emissions standards necessary to bring risks to an acceptable level . The second step is the determination of whether standards*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **18** of **281** must be further revised in order to provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. The ample margin of safety is the level at which the standards must be set, unless an even more stringent standard is necessary to prevent, taking into consideration costs, energy, safety and other relevant factors, an adverse environmental effect. 1. Step 1
- Determin ation of Acceptability The agency in the Benzene NESHAP concluded that “the acceptability of risk under section 112 is best judged on the basis of a broad set of health risk measures and information” and that the “judgment on acceptability cannot be reduc ed to any single factor.” Id. at 38046. The determination of what represents an “acceptable” risk is based on a judgment of “what risks are acceptable in the world in which we live” ( Risk Report at 178, quoting NRDC v. EPA , 824 F. 2d 1146, 1165 (D.C. Cir. 1987) (en banc) (“Vinyl Chloride”), recognizing that our world is not risk
- free. In the Benzene NESHAP, we stated that “EPA will generally presume that if the risk to [the maximum exposed] individual is no higher than approximately one in 10 thousand, that risk level is considered acceptable.” 54 FR at 38045. We discussed the maximum individual lifetime cancer risk (or maximum individual risk (MIR)) as being “the estimated risk that a person living*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **19** of **281** near a plant would have if he or she were exposed to the maximum pollutant concentrations for 70 years.” Id. We explained that this measure of risk “is an estimate of the upper bound of risk based on conservative assumptions, such as continuous exposure for 24 hours per day for 70 years.” Id . We acknowledged that maximum individual lifetime cancer risk “does not necessarily reflect the true risk, but displays a conservative risk level which is an upper
-bound that is unlikely to be exceeded.” Id. Understanding that there are both benefits and limitations to using the MIR as a metric for determining acceptability, we acknowledged in the Benzene NESHAP that “consideration of maximum individual risk * * * must take into account the strengths and weaknesses of this measure of risk.” Id . Consequentl y, the presumptive risk level of 100
- in
- 1 million (1
- in
- 10 thousand) provides a benchmark for judging the acceptability of maximum individual lifetime cancer risk, but does not constitute a rigid line for making that determination. Further, in the Benzene NESHAP, we noted that: “[p]articular attention will also be accorded to the weight of evidence presented in the risk assessment of potential carcinogenicity or other health effects of a pollutant. While the same numerical risk may be estimated for an exposure to a pollutant judged to be a known human carcinogen, and to a pollutant considered a possible human carcinogen based on limited animal test data, the same weight cannot be accorded to both estimates. In considering the potential public health effects of the two pollutants, the Agency’s judgment on acceptability, including the MIR,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **20** of **281** will be influenced by the greater weight of evidence for the known human carcinogen.” Id. at 38046. The agency also explained in the Benzene NESHAP that: “[i]n establishing a presumption for MIR, rather than a rigid line for acceptability, the Agency intends to weigh it with a series of other health measures and factors. These include the overall incidence of cancer or other serious health effects within the exposed population, the numbers of pers ons exposed within each individual lifetime risk range and associated incidence within, typically, a 50 km exposure radius around facilities, the science policy assumptions and estimation uncertainties associated with the risk measures, weight of the scien tific evidence for human health effects, other quantified or unquantified health effects, effects due to co
- location of facilities, and co
- emission of pollutants.” Id. At 38045. In some cases, these health measures and factors taken together may provide a more realistic description of the magnitude of risk in the exposed population than that provided by maximum individual lifetime cancer risk alone. As noted earlier, in NRDC v. EPA , the court held that section 112(f)(2) “incorporates the EPA’s interpreta tion of the Clean Air Act from the Benzene Standard.” The court further held that Congress’ incorporation of the Benzene standard applies equally to carcinogens and non
- carcinogens. 529 F.3d at 1081
- 82. Accordingly, we also consider non
- cancer risk metrics in our determination of risk acceptability and ample margin of safety. 2. Step 2
- Determination of Ample Margin of Safety*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **21** of **281** CAA section 112(f)(2) requires the EPA to determine, for source categories subject to MACT standards, whether those standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. As explained in the Benzene NESHAP, “the second step of the inquiry, determining an ‘ample margin of safety,’ again includes consideration of all of the health factors, and whether to reduce the risks even further.... Beyond that information, additional factors relating to the appropriate level of control will also be considered, including costs and economic impacts of controls, technological feasibility, uncertainties and any other relevant factors. Cons idering all of these factors, the agency will establish the standard at a level that provides an ample margin of safety to protect the public health, as required by section 112.” 54 FR at 38046. According to CAA section 112(f)(2)(A), if the MACT standards for HAP “classified as a known, probable, or possible human carcinogen do not reduce lifetime excess cancer risks to the individual most exposed to emissions from a source in the category or subcategory to less than one in one million,” the EPA must promul gate residual risk standards for the source category (or subcategory), as necessary to provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. In doing so, the EPA may adopt standards equal to existing MACT standards if the EPA*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **22** of **281** determines that the exis ting standards (i.e. , the MACT standards) are sufficiently protective. NRDC v. EPA , 529 F.3d 1077, 1083 (D.C. Cir. 2008) (“If EPA determines that the existing technology
-based standards provide an ’ample margin of safety,’ then the Agency is free to readop t those standards during the residual risk rulemaking.”) The EPA must also adopt more stringent standards, if necessary, to prevent an adverse environmental effect, 2 but must consider cost, energy, safety and other relevant factors in doing so. The CAA doe s not specifically define the terms “individual most exposed,” “acceptable level” and “ample margin of safety.” In the Benzene NESHAP, 54 FR at 38044
- 38045, we stated as an overall objective: In protecting public health with an ample margin of safety under section 112, EPA strives to provide maximum feasible protection against risks to health from hazardous air pollutants by (1) protecting the greatest number of persons possible to an individual lifetime risk level no higher than approximately 1
- in
- 1 millio n and (2) limiting to no higher than approximately 1
- in
- 10 thousand [i.e., 100
- in
- 1 million] the estimated risk that a person living near a plant would have if he or she were exposed to the maximum pollutant concentrations for 70 years. The agency furthe r stated that “[t]he EPA also considers incidence (the number of persons estimated to suffer cancer or

2 “Adverse environmental effect” is defined as any significant and widespread adverse effect, which may be reasonably anticipa ted to wildlife, aquatic life or natural resources, including adverse impacts on populations of endangered or threatened species or significant degradation of environmental qualities over broad areas. CAA section 112(a)(7)*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **23** of **281** other serious health effects as a result of exposure to a pollutant) to be an important measure of the health risk to the exposed population. Incidence measures the extent of health risks to the exposed population as a whole, by providing an estimate of the occurrence of cancer or other serious health effects in the exposed population.” Id. at 38045. In the ample margin of safety decision process, the agen cy again considers all of the health risks and other health information considered in the first step, including the incremental risk reduction associated with standards more stringent than the MACT standard or a more stringent standard that EPA has determi ned is necessary to ensure risk is acceptable. In the ample margin of safety analysis, the agency considers additional factors, including costs and economic impacts of controls, technological feasibility, uncertainties and any other relevant factors. Consi dering all of these factors, the agency will establish the standard at a level that provides an ample margin of safety to protect the public health, as required by CAA section 112(f). 54 FR 38046. B . What is this source category and how does the current NESHAP regulate its HAP emissions ? Ferroalloys are alloys of iron in which one or more chemical elements (such as chromium, manganese, and silicon) are*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **24** of **281** added into molten metal. Ferroalloys are consumed primarily in iron and steel making and are used to p roduce steel and cast iron products with enhanced or special properties. The ferroalloys products that are the focus of the NESHAP are ferromanganese (FeMn) and silicomanganese (SiMn) , which are produced by two facilities in the United States . One facility (Eramet) is located in Marrietta, Ohio and produces both FeMn and SiMn. The other plant (Felman) is located in Letart, West Virginia and produces only SiMn. Ferroalloys within the scope of this source category are produced using submerged electric arc furnaces, which are furnaces in which the electrodes are submerged into the charge. The submerged arc process is a reduction smelting operation. The reactants co nsist of metallic ores (ferrous oxides, silicon oxides, manganese oxides, etc.) and a carbon
- source reducing agent, usually in the form of coke, charcoal, high
- and low
volatility coal, or wood chips. Raw materials are crushed and sized, and then conveyed to a mix house for weighing and blending. Conveyors, buckets, skip hoists, or cars transport the processed material to hoppers above the furnace. The mix is gravity
- fed through a feed chute either continuously or intermittently, as needed. At high temperatures in the reaction zone, the carbon source reacts with metal oxides to form carbon*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **25** of **281** monoxide and to reduce the ores to base metal. 3 The molten material (product and slag) is tapped from the furnace, sometimes subject to post
- furnace refining, and poured i nto casting beds on the furnace room floor. Once the material hardens, it is transported to product crushing and sizing systems and packaged for transport to the customer. The NESHAP for Ferroalloys Production: Ferromanganese and Silicomanganese were promulgated on May 20, 1999 (64 FR 27450) and codified at 40 CFR part 63, subpart XXX. 4 The 1999 NESHAP applies to all new and existing ferroalloys production facilities that manufacture ferromanganese or silicomanganese and are major sources or are co
- lo cated at major sources of HAP emissions. The existing Ferroalloys Production NESHAP rule applies to process emissions from the submerged arc furnaces, the metal oxygen refining process, and the product crushing equipment; process fugitive emissions from the furnace ; and outdoor fugitive dust emissions sources such as roadways, yard areas, and outdoor material storage and transfer operations. For the electric (submerged) arc furnace process , the NESHAP specifies

3 EPA. AP - 42, 12.4. Ferroalloy Pr oduction. 10/86. 4 The emission limits were revised on March 22, 2001 (66 FR 16024) in response to a petition for reconsideration submitted to the EPA following promulgation of the final rule, and a petition for review filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals f or the District of Columbia Circuit.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **26** of **281** numerical emissions limits for particulate ma tter (as a surrogate for non
-mercury (or particulate) metal HAP). The NESHAP also includes emissions limits for p articulate matter (again as a surrogate for particulate metal HAP) for process emissions from the metal oxygen refining process and product
cru shing and screening equipment. Table 2 is a summary of the applicable limits in the existing Subpart XXX .

**T able 2**  **. Emission Limits in Subpart XXX New or**  **Reconstructed or Existing**  **Source Affected Source**  **Applicable PM Emission**  **Standards Subpart XXX** 

**Reference**

New or reconstructed Submerged arc furnace 0.23 kilograms per hour per megawatt (kg/hr/MW) (0.51 pounds per hour per megawatt (lb/hr/MW) or 35 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (mg/dscm) (0.015 grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf) 40 CFR 63.1652(a)(1) and (a)(2)

Existing Open submerged arc furnace producing ferromanganese and operating at a furnace power input of 22 megawatts (MW) or less 9.8 kg/hr (21.7 lb/hr) 40 CFR 63.1652(b)(1)

Existing Open submerged arc furnace producing ferromanganese and operating at a furnace power input 13.5 kg/hr (29.8 lb/hr) 40 CFR

63.1652(b)(2)*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **27** of **281**
**New or Reconstructed**  **or Existing Source**  **Affected Source Applicable PM**  **Emission Standards**  **Subpart XXX**

**Reference**
greater than 22 MW Existing Open submerged arc furnace producing silicomanganese and operating at a furnace power inpu t greater than 25 MW 16.3 kg/hr (35.9 lb/hr) 40 CFR

63.1652(b)(3)

Existing Open submerged arc furnace producing silicomanganese and operating at a furnace power input of 25 MW or less 12.3 kg/hr (27.2 lb/hr) 40 CFR

63.1652(b)(4)

Existing Semi
- sealed submerged arc furnace (primary, tapping, and vent stacks) producing ferromanganese 11.2 kg/hr (24.7 lb/hr) 40 CFR

63.1652(c)

New, reconstructed, or existing Metal oxygen refining

process 69 mg/dscm (0.03 gr/dscf) 40 CFR

63.1652(d) New or reconstructed Individual equipment

associated with the product crushing and screening operation 50 mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf) 40 CFR

63.1652(e)(1) Existing Individual equipment associated with the product crushing and screening operation 69 mg/dscm (0.03 gr/dscf) 40 CFR

6 3.1652(e)(2)

The 1999 NESHAP established a building opacity limit of 20 percent that is measured during the required furnace control device performance test. The rule provides an excursion limit of 60 percent opacity for one 6
-minute period during the pe rformance test. The opacity observation is focused only on emissions exiting the shop due solely to operations of any*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **28** of **281** affected submerged arc furnace. In addition, blowing taps, poling and oxygen lancing of the tap hole , burndowns associated with electrode measurements , and maintenance activities associated with submerged arc furnaces and casting operations are exempt from the opacity standards specified in §63.1653. For outdoor fugitive dust sources, as defined in §63.1652, the 1999 NESHAP requires that plants prepare and operate according to an outdoor fugitive dust control plan that describes in detail the measures that will be put in place to control outdoor fugitive dust emissions from the individual outdoor fug itive dust sources at the facility. The owner or operator must submit a copy of the outdoor fugitive dust control plan to the designated permitting authority on or before the applicable compliance date. C . What is the history of the Ferroalloys Production Risk and Technology Review ? Pursuant to section 112(f)(2) of the Clean Air Act, we first evaluated the residual risk associated with the Ferroalloys Production NESHAP in 2011. We also conducted a technology review, as required by section 112(d)(6) of the Clean Air Act. Finally, we also reviewed the 1999 MACT rule to determine if other amendments were appropriate. Based on the results of that previous residual risk and technology review,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **29** of **281** and the MACT rule review, we proposed amendments to subpart XXX on November 23, 2011 (76 FR 72508) (referred to from here on as the 2011 proposal in the remainder of this FR notice ) . The proposed amendments in the 2011 proposal which we are revisiting in today’s supplemental proposal include the following:

 proposed revisions to particulate matter (PM) standards for electric arc furnaces and local ventilation control devices ;

 emission limits for mercury, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH s ) , and hydrochloric acid (HCl) ;

 proposed requirements to control process fug itive emissions based on full
-building enclosure with negative pressure , or fenceline monitoring as an alternative;

 a provision for emissions averaging ; and

 amendments to the monitoring, notification, recordkeeping and testing requirements . The comment period for the November 2011 proposal opened on November 23, 2011 and ended on January 31, 2012 . We received significant comments from industry representatives, environmental organizations, and local community groups. We also met with stakeholders (from in dustry, community groups and environmental organizations) after proposal to further discuss their comments, concerns and related issues.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **30** of **281** After reviewing the comments, and after consideration of additional data and information received since the 2011 propo sal, we determined it is appropriate to revise some of our analyses and publish a supplemental proposal. Therefore, i n today’s Notice of Supplemental Proposed Rulemaking we present revised analyses , and based on those analyses we are proposing revised amendments for the items listed above to allow the public an opportunity to review and comment on these revised analyses and revised proposed amendments . However, we also proposed other requirements in the 2011 proposal (listed below) for which we have made no revisions to the analyses, we are not proposing any changes , and are not reopening for public comment. The other requirements that we proposed in the 2011 p roposal, for which we are not re - opening for comment, are the following:

 PM standards f or metal oxygen refining processes and crushing and screening operations ;

 emissions limits for formaldehyde ;

 e limination of SSM exemptions ; and

 electronic reporting . The comment period for the November 2011 proposal opened on November 23, 2011 and ended on January 31 , 2012 . We will address the comments we received during the public comment period for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **31** of **281** the 2011 proposal at the time we take final action. In the 2011 proposal, we also included information about several ATSDR health consultations and a study (Kim et al) that had been conducted in the Marietta area. We note that the Kim et al study was included in the 2012 ATSDR review of manganese. Since the 2011 proposal, additional studies on the potential toxicity of manganese have been published. These studies add to the literature regarding potential health effects from exposure to manganese and will be included, along with the complete body of scientific evidence, in future reviews of manganese toxicity. D . What data collection activities were conducted to support this action ? Commenters on the 2011 proposal expressed concern that the data set used in the risk assessment did not adequately reflect current operations at the plants. In response to these comments, we worked with the facilities to address these concerns, and we obtained a significant amount of new data in order to establish
a more robust data set than the data set we had for the 2011 proposal. Specifically, the plants provided data collected during their fall 2012 compliance tests , and, i n response to an Information Collection Request (ICR) from the EPA in December 2012, they conducted more tests in the spring of 2013. Th is combined t esting effort provided the following data:*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **32** of **281**

 Additional stack test data for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead, manganese, mercury, nickel, HCl, formaldehyde, PAH, polychlorinated biphenyls ( PCB ) , and dioxins/furans;

 Test data collected using updated, state
- of
- the
- art test methods and procedures;

 Hazardous air pollutant ( HAP ) test data for all operational furnaces;

 Test data obtained during different seasonal conditions (i.e., spring and fall);

 Test data for both products (ferromanganese and silicomanganese) for both furnaces at Eramet (Felman only produces silicomanganese). With the new data, we no longer have to extrapolate HAP emissions from a ratio of PM to HAP emissions from just one or two tested furnaces. We are also using test data collected using state - of
- the
- art test methods that provide better QA/QC of the test results. For mercury, test data were collected for the supplemental proposal using EPA Method 30B, which requires paired samples collected for each test run, in addition to a spiked sample during the 3
- run test. Test data for PAH were
co llected using CARB 429, which provides greater sensitivity, precision, and identification of individual PAH compounds as compared to Method 0010 which was used for previous tests . We*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **33** of **281** also received PCB and dioxin/furan test data that were collected using CARB 428, which uses high resolution instruments and provides a specific procedure for measuring PCB s in addition to dioxin/furans . Commenters also expressed concern that the estimated cost and operational impacts of the 2011 proposed process fugitive standards based on use of a total building enclosure requirement were significantly underestimated. In their comments both companies submitted substantial additional information and estimates regarding the elements , costs and impa cts involved with constructing and operating a full building enclosure for their facilities. We also received comments saying that full
enclosure with negative pressure can lead to worker safety and health issues related to indoor air quality if the systems are not designed and operated appropriately to provide sufficient air exchanges and air conditioning in the work space. Furthermore, in their comments, and in subsequent meetings and other communications, the companies also provided design and cost info rmation for an alternative approach to substantially reduce fugitive emissions based on enhanced local capture and control of these emissions at each plant. In the summer of 2012 and fall of 2013, both plants submitted updated enhanced capture plans and co st estimates to implement those plans. We also*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **34** of **281** consulted with outside ventilation experts and control equipment vendors to re
- evaluate the costs of process fugitive capture as well as costs of other control measures such as activated carbon injection. We a lso gathered a substantial amount of opacity data from both facilities, and collected additional information regarding the processes, control technologies, and modeling input parameters ( such as stack release heights and fugitive emissions release characte ristics ) . We reviewed and evaluated all the data and information provided by the facilities, the ventilation experts and vendo rs, and revised our analyses accordingly. **III. Analy tical Procedures**  A . For purposes of this supplemental proposal, how did we estimate the post -MACT risk s posed by the Ferroalloys Production source category? The EPA conducted a risk assessment that provided estimates of the MIR posed by the HAP emissions from each source in the source category, the hazard index (HI) for chronic exposures to HAP with the potential to cause noncancer health effects, and the hazard quotient (HQ) for acute exposures to HAP with the potential to cause noncancer health effects. The assessment also provided estimates of the distribution of cancer risks within the exposed populations, cancer incidence and an evaluation of*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **35** of **281** the potential for adverse environmental effects for each source category. The risk assessment consisted of eight primary steps,
as discussed in detail in the 2011 proposal . The docket for this rulemaking contains the following document which provides more information on the risk assessment inputs and models: Revised Draft Residual Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category . The methods used to assess risks (as described in the eight primary steps below) are consistent with those peer - reviewed by a panel of the EPA’s Science Advisory Board (SAB) in 2009 and described in their peer review report issued in 2010 5 ; they are also consistent with the key recommendations contained in that report. 1. How did we estimate actual emissions and identify the emissions release characteristics? As explained previously, the revised data set for the ferroalloys production source category, derived from the two existing ferromanganese and silicomanganese production facilities , constitute s the basis for the revised risk assessment. We estimated the magnitude of emissions using emissions test data collected through ICRs along with additional data submitted voluntarily by the companies . We also collected

5 U.S. EPA SAB. Risk and Technology Review (RTR) Risk Assessment Methodologies: For Review by the EPA’s Science Advisory Board with Case Studies

– MACT I Petroleum Refining Sources and Portland Cement Manufacturing , May 2010.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **36** of **281** information regarding emissions release characteristics such as stack heights, stack gas exit velocities, stack temperatures, and source locations. In addition to the quality assurance (QA) of the source data for the facilities contained in the data set, we also checked the coordinates of every emission source in the data set through visual observations using tools such as GoogleEarth and ArcView. Where coordinates were found to be incor rect, we identified and corrected them to the extent possible. We also performed a QA assessment of the emissions data and release characteristics to ensure the data were reliable and that there were no outliers. The emissions data, and the methods used to estimate emissions from all the various emissions sources, are described in more detail in the technical document: Revised Draft Development of the RTR Emissions Dataset for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this action. 2. How did we estimate MACT
- allowable emissions? The available emissions data in the RTR dataset include estimates of the mass of HAP emitted during the specified annual time period. In some cases, the se “actual” emission levels are lower than the emission levels required to comply with the MACT standards. The emissions level allowed to be emitted by the MACT standards is referred to as the “MACT
- allowable” emissions*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **37** of **281** level. We discussed the use of both MACT - allowable and actual emissions in the final Coke Oven Batteries residual risk rule (70 FR 19998

– 19999, April 15, 2005) and in the proposed and final Hazardous Organic NESHAP residual risk rules (71 FR 34428, June 14, 2006, and 71 FR 76609, December 21 , 2006, respectively). In those previous actions, we noted that assessing the risks at the MACT
- allowable level is inherently reasonable since these risks reflect the maximum level facilities could emit and still comply with national emission standards. We also explained that it is reasonable to consider actual emissions, where such data are available, in both steps of the risk analysis, in accordance with the Benzene NESHAP approach. (54 FR 38044, September 14, 1989.) For this supplemental proposal, we eva luated allowable stack emissions based on the level of control required by the 1999 MACT standards . We also evaluated the level of reported actual emissions and available information on the level of control achieved by the emissions controls in use. Furthe r explanation is provided in the technical document: Revised Draft Development of the RTR Emissions Dataset for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **38** of **281** 3. How did we conduct dispersion modeling, determine inhalation
e xposures and estimate individual and population inhalation risks? Both long
- term and short
- term inhalation exposure concentrations and health risks from the source category addressed in this proposal were estimated using the Human Exposure Model (Community and Sector HEM
- 3 version 1.1.0). The HEM- 3 performs three primary risk assessment activities: (1) conducting dispersion modeling to estimate the concentrations of HAP in ambient air, (2) estimating long
- term and short
- term inhalation exposures to individu als residing within 50 kilometers (km) of the modeled sources 6 , and (3) estimating individual and population
- level inhalation risks using the exposure estimates and quantitative dose
- response information. The air dispersion model used by the HEM
- 3 model (AERMOD) is one of the EPA’s preferred models for assessing pollutant concentrations from industrial facilities. 7 To perform the dispersion modeling and to develop the preliminary risk estimates, HEM
- 3 draws on three data libraries. The first is a library of meteorological data, which is used for dispersion calculations. This library includes 1 year (2011) of hourly
6 This metric comes from the Benzene NESHAP. See 54 FR 38046. 7 U.S. EPA. Revision to the Guideline on Air Quality Models: Adoption of a Preferred General Purpose (Flat and Complex Terrain) Dispersion Model and Other Revisions (70 FR 68218, November 9, 2005).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **39** of **281** surface and upper air observations for more than 8 00 meteorological stations, selected to provide coverage of the United States and Puerto Rico . A second library of United States Census Bureau census block 8 internal point locations and populations provides the basis of human exposure calculations (U.S. Census, 2010). In addition, for each census block, the census library includes the elevation an d controlling hill height, which are also used in dispersion calculations. A third library of pollutant unit risk factors and other health benchmarks is used to estimate health risks. These risk factors and health benchmarks are the latest values recommended by the EPA for HAP and other toxic air pollutants. These values are available at: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/toxsource/summary.html and are discussed in more detail later in this section. In developing the risk assessment for chronic exposures, we used the estimated annual average ambient air concentrations of each HAP emitted by each source for which we have emissions data in the source category. The air concentrations at each nearby census block centroid were used as a surrogate for the chronic inhalat ion exposure concentration for all the people who reside in that census block. We calculated the MIR for each facility as the cancer risk associated with a continuous lifetime (24 hours
8 A census block is the smallest geographic area for which census statistics are tabulated.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **40** of **281** per day, 7 days per week, and 52 weeks per year for a 70
- year period) exposure to the maximum concentration at the centroid of inhabited census blocks. Individual cancer risks were calculated by multiplying the estimated lifetime exposure to the ambient concentration of each of the HAP (in micrograms per cubic meter (μg/m3 )) by its unit risk estimate (URE). The URE is an upper bound estimate of an individual’s probability of contracting cancer over a lifetime of exposure to a concentration of 1 microgram of the pollutant per cubic meter of air. For residual risk assessments, we generally use URE values from the EPA’s Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS). For carcinogenic pollutants without EPA IRIS values, we look to other reputable sources of cancer dose
- response values, often using California EPA (CalEPA) URE values, where available. In cases where new, scientifically credible dose response values have been developed in a manner consistent with the EPA guidelines and have undergone a peer review process similar to that used by the EPA, we may use such dose
- response value s in place of, or in addition to, other values, if appropriate. In the case of nickel compounds, to provide a health
protective estimate of potential cancer risks, we used the IRIS URE value for nickel subsulfide in the assessment for the 2011 proposed ru le for ferroalloys production. Based on past*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **41** of **281** scientific and technical considerations, the determination of the percent of nickel subsulfide was considered a major factor for estimating the extent and magnitude of the risks of cancer due to nickel
- containing emissions. Nickel speciation information for some of the largest nickel
- emitting sources (including oil combustion, coal combustion, and others) suggested that at least 35 percent of total nickel emissions may be soluble compounds and that the URE for the mixture of inhaled nickel compounds (based on nickel subsulfide, and representative of pure insoluble crystalline nickel) could be derived to reflect the assumption that 65 percent of the total mass of nickel may be carcinogenic. Based on consistent vi ews of major scientific bodies (i.e., National Toxicology Program (NTP) in their 12 th Report of the Carcinogens (ROC) 9 , International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) 10 , and other international agencies) 11 that consider all nickel compounds to be carcino genic, we currently consider all nickel compounds to have the potential of being carcinogenic to humans. The 12th Report of the Carcinogens states that the 9 National Toxicology Program (NTP), 2011. Report on carcinogens. 12 th ed. Research Triangle Park, NC: US Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), Public Health Service. Available online at http://ntp.niehs.nih.gov/ntp/roc/twelfth/roc12.pdf 10 International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), 1990. IARC monographs on the evaluation of carcinogenic risks to humans. Chromium, nickel, and welding. Vol. 49. Lyons, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer, World Health Organization Vol. 49:256. 11 World Health Organization (WHO, 1991) and the European Un ion’s Scientific Committee o n Health and Environmental Risks (SCHER, 2006) .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **42** of **281** “combined results of epidemiological studies, mechanistic studies, and carcinogenic studies in roden ts support the concept that nickel compounds generate nickel ions in target cells at sites critical for carcinogenesis, thus allowing consideration and evaluation of these compounds as a single group.” Although the precise nickel compound (or compounds) re sponsible for the carcinogenic effects in humans is not always clear, studies indicate that nickel sulfate and the combinations of nickel sulfides and oxides encountered in the nickel refining industries cause cancer in humans (these studies are summarized in a review by Grimsrud et al., 2010 12 ). The major scientific bodies mentioned above have also recognized that there are differences in toxicity and/or carcinogenic potential across the different nickel compounds. In the inhalation risk assessment for pr oposal, to take a conservative approach, we considered all nickel compounds to be as carcinogenic as nickel subsulfide and applied the IRIS URE for nickel subsulfide without a factor to reflect the assumption that 100 percent of the total mass of nickel ma y be as carcinogenic as pure nickel subsulfide. However, given that there are two additional URE values 13 derived for exposure to

12 Grimsrud TK and Andersen A. Evidence of carcinogenicity in humans of water - soluble nickel salts. J Occup Med Toxicol 2010, 5:1
- 7. Available online at http://www.ossup

-med.com /content/5/1/7. 13 Two UREs (other than the current IRIS values) have been derived for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **43** of **281** mixtures of nickel compounds, as a group, that are 2
- 3 fold lower than the IRIS URE for nickel subsulfide, the EPA also conside rs it reasonable to use a value that is 50 percent of the IRIS URE for nickel subsulfide for providing an estimate of the lower end of the plausible range of cancer potency values for different mixtures of nickel compounds. In the public comments provided in response to the proposal and available in the docket, one facility provided additional data in the form of a laboratory test report that indicated it would be unlikely that 100 percent of the nickel from the furnace would be in the form of nickel subsul fide. Given this new information, and the above assumptions about the cancer potency for different mixtures of nickel compounds, we believe it is reasonable to apply the URE for nickel refinery dust to all nickel compounds in the revised data set for the s upplemental proposal. The EPA estimated incremental individual lifetime cancer risks associated with emissions from the facilities in the source category as the sum of the risks for each of the carcinogenic HAP (including those classified as carcinogenic t o humans, likely to be carcinogenic to humans, and suggestive

nickel compounds as a group : one developed by the California Department of Health Services ( http://www.arb.ca.gov/toxics/id/summary/nickel_tech_b.pdf ) and the other by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality ( http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/nata1999/99pdfs/healtheffectsinfo.pdf ).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **44** of **281** evidence of carcinogenic potential 14 ) emitted by the modeled sources. Cancer incidence and the distribution of individual cancer risks for the population within 50 km of the sources were also est imated for the source category as part of this assessment by summing individual risks. A distance of 50 km is consistent with both the analysis supporting the 1989 Benzene NESHAP (54 FR 38044) and the limitations of Gaussian dispersion models, including AE RMOD. To assess the risk of non
- cancer health effects from chronic exposures, we summed the HQ for each of the HAP that affects a common target organ system to obtain the HI for that target organ system (or target organ
- specific HI, TOSHI). The HQ is the estimated exposure divided by the chronic reference value, which is a value selected from one of several sources. First, the chronic reference level can be the EPA reference concentration (RfC) (http://www.epa.gov/riskassessment/glossary.htm), defined as “ an estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of

14 These classifications also coincide with the terms "known carcinogen, probable carcinogen, and possible carcinogen," respectively, which are the terms advocated in the EPA's previous Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment , published in 1986 (51 FR 33992, September 24, 1986). Summing the risks of these individual compounds to obtain the cumulative cancer risks is an approach that was recomme nded by the EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB) in their 2002 peer review of EPA's National Air Toxics Assessment (NATA) entitled, NATA - Evaluating the National
- scale Air Toxics Assessment 1996 Data -- an SAB Advisory , available at: http://yosemite.epa.gov /sab/sabproduct.nsf/214C6E915BB04E14852570CA007A682C/$ File/ecadv02001.pdf.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **45** of **281** magnitude) of a continuous inhalation exposure to the human population (including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime.” Al ternatively, in cases where an RfC from the EPA’s IRIS database is not available or where the EPA determines that using a value other than the RfC is appropriate, the chronic reference level can be a value from the following prioritized sources: (1) The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry Minimum Risk Level (MRL) (http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/mrls/index.asp), which is defined as “an estimate of daily human exposure to a hazardous substance that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of adverse non cancer health effects (other than cancer) over a specified duration of exposure”; (2) the CalEPA Chronic Reference Exposure Level (REL) ( http://www.oehha.ca.gov/air/hot_spots/pdf/HRAguidefinal.pdf), which is defined as “the concentration level (that i s expressed in units of micrograms per cubic meter (μg/m3 ) for inhalation exposure and in a dose expressed in units of milligram per kilogram
- day (mg/kg

- day) for oral exposures), at or below which no adverse health effects are anticipated for a specified
e xposure duration”; or (3), as noted above, a scientifically credible dose
- response value that has been developed in a manner*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **46** of **281** consistent with the EPA guidelines and has undergone a peer review process similar to that used by the EPA, in place of or in conce rt with other values. As mentioned above, in order to characterize non
- cancer chronic effects, and in response to key recommendations from the SAB, the EPA selects dose
- response values that reflect the best available science for all HAP included in RTR risk assessments 15
. More specifically, for a given HAP, EPA examines the availability of inhalation reference values from the sources included in our tiered approach (e.g., IRIS first , ATSDR second , CalEPA third ) and determines which inhalation reference va lue represents the best available science. Thus, as new inhalation reference values become available, EPA will typically evaluate them and determine whether they should be given preference over those currently being used in RTR risk assessments. There is an existing IRIS RfC for manganese (Mn) published in 1993 16 . This value was used in the RTR risk assessment supporting the Ferroalloys Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 17
. However, since the 2011 proposal , ATSDR has published an assessment of Mn toxicity (2012) which includes a

15 The SAB peer review of RTR Risk Assessment Methodologies is available at: http://yosemite.epa.gov/sab/sabproduct.nsf/4AB3966E263D943A8525771F00668381/$ File/EPA

- SAB - 10
- 007
- unsigned .pdf. 16 USEPA Integrated Risk Information System Review of Manganese (1993) available at http://www.epa.gov/iris/subst/0373.htm . 17 2011 Notice of proposed Rulemaking reference ( 76 FR 72508 ).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **47** of **281** chronic inhalation value (i.e., an ATSDR Minimal Risk Level or MRL ) 18
. Both the 1993 IRIS RfC and the 2012 ATSDR MRL were based on the same study (Roels et al., 1993). In developing their assessment, ATSDR used updated dose
- response model ing methodology (benchmark dose approach) and considered recent pharmacokinetic findings to support their MRL derivation. In the interest of using the best available science, the EPA has chosen in this instance to rely on the ATSDR MRL for Mn in the
curre nt ferroalloys supplemental proposal. The EPA also evaluated screening estimates of acute exposures and risks for each of the HAP at the point of highest potential off
- site exposure for each facility . To do this EPA estimated the risks when both the pe ak hourly emissions rate and worst - case dispersion conditions occur. We also assume that a person is located at the point of highest impact during that same time. In accordance with our mandate in Section 112 of the Clean Air Act, we use the point of highe st off
- site exposure to assess the potential risk to the maximally exposed individual. The acute HQ is the estimated acute exposure divided by the acute dose
- response value. In each case, the EPA calculated acute HQ values using best available, short
- term dose
- response

18 Agency for Toxic Substances & Disease Registry Toxicological Pr ofile for Manganese (2012) available at http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxprofiles/tp.asp?id=102&tid=23 .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **48** of **281** values. These acute dose
- response values, which are described below, incl ude the acute REL, acute exposure guideline levels (AEGL) and emergency response planning guidelines (ERPG) for 1
- hour exposure durations. As discussed below, we used conservative assumptions for emissions rates, meteorology and exposure location for our a cute analysis. As described in the CalEPA’s Air Toxics Hot Spots Program Risk Assessment Guidelines, Part I, The Determination of Acute Reference Exposure Levels for Airborne Toxicants , an acute REL value (http://www.oehha.ca.gov/air/pdf/acuterel.pdf) is defined as “the concentration level at or below which no adverse health effects are anticipated for a specified exposure duration.” Id. at page 2. Acute REL values are based on the most sensitive, relevant, adverse health effect reported in the peer
- reviewed medical and toxicological literature. Acute REL values are designed to protect the most sensitive individuals in the population through the inclusion of margins of safety. Because margins of safety are incorporated to address data gaps and uncertainties , exceeding the REL does not automatically indicate an adverse health impact. AEGL values were derived in response to recommendations from the National Research Council (NRC). As described in Standing Operating Procedures (SOP) of the National Advisory*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **49** of **281** Committee on Acute Exposure Guideline Levels for Hazardous Substances (http://www.epa.gov/oppt/aegl/pubs/sop.pdf), 19 “the NRC’s previous name for acute exposure levels

—community emergency exposure levels

—was replaced by the term AEGL to reflect the broad appli cation of these values to planning, response, and prevention in the community, the workplace, transportation, the military, and the remediation of Superfund sites.” Id. at 2. This document also states that AEGL values “represent threshold exposure limits f or the general public and are applicable to emergency exposures ranging from 10 minutes to eight hours.” Id. at 2. The document lays out the purpose and objectives of AEGL by stating that “the primary purpose of the AEGL program and the National Advisory C ommittee for Acute Exposure Guideline Levels for Hazardous Substances is to develop guideline levels for
once - in
- a - lifetime, short
- term exposures to airborne concentrations of acutely toxic, high
-priority chemicals.” Id. at 21. In detailing the intended application of AEGL values, the document states that “[i]t is anticipated that the AEGL values will be used for regulatory and nonregulatory purposes by U.S. Federal and state agencies and possibly the international community in conjunction with chemical eme rgency response,
19 National Academy of Sciences (NAS), 2001. Standing Operating Procedures for Developing Acute Exposure Levels for Hazardous Chemicals , page 2.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **50** of **281** planning, and prevention programs. More specifically, the AEGL values will be used for conducting various risk assessments to aid in the development of emergency preparedness and prevention plans, as well as real
- time emergency response ac tions, for accidental chemical releases at fixed facilities and from transport carriers.” Id. at 31. The AEGL

– 1 value is then specifically defined as “the airborne concentration (expressed as ppm (parts per million) or mg/m3 (milligrams per cubic meter)) o f a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic nonsensory effects. However, the effects are not disabling and are transient and reversible upon cessation of exposure.” Id. at 3. The document also notes that, “Airborne concentrations below AEGL

– 1 represent exposure levels that can produce mild and progressively increasing but transient and nondisabling odor, taste, and sensory i rritation or certain asymptomatic, nonsensory effects.” Id. Similarly, the document defines AEGL

– 2 values as “the airborne concentration (expressed as parts per million or milligrams per cubic meter) of a substance above which it is predicted that the gene ral population, including susceptible individuals, could experience*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **51** of **281** irreversible or other serious, long
- lasting adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape.” Id. ERPG values are derived for use in emergency response, as described in the American Industrial Hygiene Association’s ERP Committee document entitled, ERPGS Procedures and Responsibilities (http://sp4m.aiha.org/insideaiha/GuidelineDevelopment/ERPG/Docum ents/ERP

- SOPs2006.pdf), which states that, “Emergency Response Planning Guidelines were developed for emergency planning and are intended as health based guideline concentrations for single exposures to chemicals.” 20 Id. at 1. The ERPG

– 1 value is defined as “the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all indivi duals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or without perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor.” Id. at 2. Similarly, the ERPG

– 2 value is defined as “the maximum airborne concentrat ion below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to one hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms which could impair an individual’s ability to take protective action. ” Id. at 1.

20 ERP Committee Procedures and Responsibilities . November 1, 2006. American Industrial Hygiene Association.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **52** of **281** As can be seen from the definitions above, the AEGL and ERPG values include the similarly
- defined severity levels 1 and 2. For many chemicals, a severity level 1 value AEGL or ERPG has not been developed because the types of effects for these chemicals are not consistent with the AEGL
- 1/ERPG

- 1 definitions; in these instances, we compare higher severity level AEGL

– 2 or ERPG

– 2 values to our modeled exposure levels to screen for potential acute concerns. When AEGL
- 1/ERPG

- 1 values are available, they are used in our acute risk assessments. Acute REL values for 1
- hour exposure durations are typically lower than their corresponding AEGL

– 1 and ERPG

– 1 values. Even though their definitions are slightly different, AEGL

– 1 values are often the same as the c orresponding ERPG

– 1 values, and AEGL

– 2 values are often equal to ERPG

– 2 values. Maximum HQ values from our acute screening risk assessments typically result when basing them on the acute REL value for a particular pollutant. In cases where our maximum acut e HQ value exceeds 1, we also report the HQ value based on the next highest acute dose
- response value (usually the AEGL

– 1 and/or the ERPG

– 1 value). To develop screening estimates of acute exposures in the absence of hourly emissions data, generally we fir st develop estimates of maximum hourly emissions rates by multiplying the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **53** of **281** average actual annual hourly emissions rates by a default factor to cover routinely variable emissions. We choose the factor to use partially based on process knowledge and engineeri ng judgment. The factor chosen also reflects a Texas study of short
- term emissions variability, which showed that most peak emission events in a heavily
- industrialized four
- county area (Harris, Galveston, Chambers and Brazoria Counties, Texas) were less than twice the annual average hourly emissions rate. The highest peak emissions event was 74 times the annual average hourly emissions rate, and the 99 th percentile ratio of peak hourly emissions rate to the annual average hourly emissions rate was 9. 21 Consi dering this analysis, to account for more than 99 percent of the peak hourly emissions, we apply a conservative screening multiplication factor of 10 to the average annual hourly emissions rate in our acute exposure screening assessments as our default app roach. However, we use a factor other than 10 if we have information that indicates that a different factor is appropriate for a particular source category. For this source category, data were available to determine process - specific factors. Some processe s, for example the electric arc furnaces, operate continuously so there are no peak
21 See http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/compliance/field_ops/eer/index.html or docket to access the source of these data.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **54** of **281** emissions. These processes received a factor of 1 in the acute assessment. Other processes, for example tapping and casting, have specific cycles, with peak emissions occur ring for a part of that cycle (e.g., 30 minutes during a 2
- hour period). For these processes, we used a factor of 4 in the acute assessment. Even with data available to develop process
- specific factors, our acute assessment is still conservative in that i t assumes that every process releases its peak emissions at the same hour , and that this is the same hour as the worst
- case dispersion conditions . This result s in a high ly conservative exposure scenario. A further discussion of why this factor of 4 was chosen can be found in the memorandum, Revised Draft Development of the RTR Emissions Dataset for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , available in the docket for this rulemaking. As part of our acute risk assessment process, for cases where acu te HQ values from the screening step were less than or equal to 1 (even under the conservative assumptions of the screening analysis), acute impacts were deemed negligible and no further analysis was performed. In cases where an acute HQ from the screening step was greater than 1, additional site
- specific data were considered to develop a more refined estimate of the potential for acute impacts of concern. For this source category, the data refinements employed consisted of determining*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **55** of **281** that the receptor with the maximum concentration was off of plant property. These refinements are discussed more fully in the Draft Residual Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this source category. Ideally, we would prefer to have continuous measurements over time to see how the emissions vary by each hour over an entire year. Having a frequency distribution of hourly emissions rates over a year would allow us to perform a probabilistic analysis to estimate poten tial threshold exceedances and their frequency of occurrence. Such an evaluation could include a more complete statistical treatment of the key parameters and elements adopted in this screening analysis. Recognizing that this level of data is rarely available, we instead rely on the multiplier approach. To better characterize the potential health risks associated with estimated acute exposures to HAP, and in response to a key recommendation from the SAB’s peer review of the EPA’s RTR risk assessment methodologies, 22 we generally examine a wider range of available acute health metrics (e.g., RELs, AEGLs) than we do for our chronic risk assessments. This is in response to the SAB’s acknowledgement that there are

22 The SAB peer review of RTR Risk Ass essment Methodologies is available at: http://yosemite.epa.gov/sab/sabproduct.nsf/4AB3966E263D943A8525771F00668381/$ File/EPA

- SAB - 10
- 007
- unsigned.pdf.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **56** of **281** generally more data gaps and inconsistencies in acute reference values than there are in chronic reference values. In some cases, when Reference Value Arrays 23 for HAP have been developed, we consider additional acute values (i.e., occupational and international values) to provide a more complete risk characterization. 4. How did we conduct the multipathway exposure and risk screening? The EPA conducted a screening analysis examining the potential for significant human health risks due to exposures via routes other than inhalation (i.e., ingestion). We fi rst determined whether any sources in the source category emitted any hazardous air pollutants known to be persistent and bioaccumulative in the environment (PB
- HAP). The PB
- HAP compounds or compound classes are identified for the screening from the EPA’s Air Toxics Risk Assessment Library (available at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/fera/risk_atra_vol1.html ). For the Ferroalloys Production source category, we identified emissions of cadmium compounds, chlorinated dibenzodioxins and furans, lead compounds, mercury compounds, and polycyclic organic matter. Because one or more of these PB
- 23 U.S. EPA. (2009) Chapter 2.9 Chemical Specific Reference Values for Formaldehyde in Graphical Arrays of Chemical
- Specific Health Effect Reference Values for Inhalation Exposures (Final Report). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC, EPA/600/R

- 09/061, and available online at http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/recordisplay.cfm?deid=211003.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **57** of **281** HAP are emitted by at least one facility in the Ferroalloys Production source category , we proceeded to the second step of the evaluation. In this step, we determined whether the facility
- specific emissions rates of each of the emitted PB

– HAP were large enough to create the potential for significant non
inhalation human health risks under reasonable wors t - case conditions. To facilitate this step, we developed emissions rate thresholds for each PB

– HAP using a hypothetical upper
- end screening exposure scenario developed for use in conjunction with the EPA’s Total Risk Integrated Methodology.Fate, Transport, and Ecological Exposure (TRIM.FaTE) model. We conducted a sensitivity analysis on the screening scenario to ensure that its key design parameters would represent the upper end of the range of possible values, such that it would represent a conservative bu t not impossible scenario. The facility
- specific emissions rates of each of the PB

– HAP were compared to the emission rate threshold values for each of the PB

– HAP identified to assess the potential for significant human health risks via non
- inhalation pathways. We call this application of the TRIM.FaTE model the Tier I TRIM
- screen or Tier I screen. For the purpose of developing emissions rates for our Tier I TRIM- screen, we derived emission levels for each PB
- HAP (other*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **58** of **281** than lead) at which the maximum excess lifetime cancer risk would be 1
- in
- 1 million or, for HAP that cause non
- cancer health effects, the maximum hazard quotient would be 1. If the emissions rate of any PB
- HAP exceeds the Tier I screening emissions rate for any facility, we conduct a second sc reen, which we call the Tier II TRIM
- screen or Tier II screen. In the Tier II screen, the location of each facility that exceeded the Tier I emission rate is used to refine the assumptions associated with the environmental scenario while maintaining the e xposure scenario assumptions. We then adjust the risk
-based Tier I screening level for each PB
- HAP for each facility based on an understanding of how exposure concentrations estimated for the screening scenario change with meteorology and environmental ass umptions. PB
- HAP emissions that do not exceed these new Tier II screening levels are considered to pose no unacceptable risks. When facilities exceed the Tier II screening levels, it does not mean that multipathway impacts are significant, only that we cannot rule out that possibility based on the results of the screen. If the PB
- HAP emissions for a facility exceed the Tier II screening emissions rate, and data are available, we may decide to conduct a more refined multipathway assessment. A refined
asses sment replaces some of the assumptions made in the Tier II*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **59** of **281** screen, with site
- specific data. The refined assessment also uses the TRIM.FaTE model and facility
- specific emission rate thresholds that are created for each PB
- HAP. For the ferroalloys production source category, we did conduct a refined multipathway assessment for one facility in the category. A detailed discussion of the approach for this assessment can be found in Appendix 10 ( Technical Support Document: Human Health Multipathway Residual Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category) of the risk assessment document. In evaluating the potential multi
-pathway risk from emissions of lead compounds, rather than developing a screening emissions rate for them, we compared maximum es timated chronic inhalation exposures with the level of the current National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for lead. 24 Values below the level of the primary (health
-based) lead NAAQS were considered to have a low potential for multi
-pathway risk. For further information on the multipathway analysis approach, see the Draft Residual Risk Assessment for the
24 In doing so, EPA notes that the legal standard for a primary NAAQS

– that a standard is requisite to protect public health and provide an adequate margin of safety (CAA section 109(b))

– differs from the section 112(f) standard (requiring among other things that t he standard provide an “ample margin of safety”). However, the lead NAAQS is a reasonable measure of determining risk acceptability (i.e. the first step of the Benzene NESHAP analysis) since it is designed to protect the most susceptible group in the human population

– children, including children living near major lead emitting sources. 73 FR 67002/3; 73 FR 67000/3; 73 FR 67005/1. In addition, applying the level of the primary lead NAAQS at the risk acceptability step is conservative, since that primary le ad NAAQS reflects an adequate margin of safety.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **60** of **281** Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this action. 5. How did we assess risks considering the revised emissions control options? In addition to assessing baseline inhalation risks and potential multipathway risks, we also estimated risks considering the emissions reductions that would be achieved by the control options under consideration in this supplemen tal proposal . In these cases, the expected emissions reductions were applied to the specific HAP and emissions points in the source category data set to develop corresponding estimates of risk that would exist after implementation of the proposed amendment s in today’s action. 6. How did we conduct the environmental risk screening assessment?
a. Adverse Environmental Effect The EPA has developed a screening approach to examine the potential for adverse environmental effects as required under section 112(f)(2)(A) of the CAA. Section 112(a)(7) of the CAA defines “adverse environmental effect” as “any significant and widespread adverse effect, which may reasonably be anticipated, to wildlife, aquatic life, or other natural resources, including adverse impacts on populations of endangered or threatened*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **61** of **281** species or significant degradation of environmental quality over broad areas.” b. Environmental HAP The EPA focuses on seven HAP, which we refer to as “environmental HAP,” in its screening analysis: five persi stent bioaccumulative HAP (PB
- HAP) and two acid gases. The five PB
- HAP are cadmium, dioxins/furans, polycyclic organic matter (POM), mercury (both inorganic mercury and methyl mercury) and lead. The two acid gases are hydrogen chloride (HCl) and hydrogen f luoride (HF). The rationale for including these seven HAP in the environmental risk screening analysis is presented below. The HAP that persist and bioaccumulate are of particular environmental concern because they accumulate in the soil, sediment and water. The PB
- HAP are taken up, through sediment, soil, water, and/or ingestion of other organisms, by plants or animals (e.g., sma ll fish) at the bottom of the food chain. As larger and larger predators consume these organisms, concentrations of the PB
- HAP in the animal tissues increase as does the potential for adverse effects. The five PB
- HAP we evaluate as part of our screening an alysis account for 99.8 percent of all PB
- HAP emissions (on a mass basis from the 2005 NEI).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **62** of **281** In addition to accounting for almost all of the mass of PB
HAP emitted, we note that the TRIM.Fate model that we use to evaluate multipathway risk allows us to est imate concentrations of cadmium compounds, dioxins/furans, POM and mercury in soil, sediment and water. For lead, we currently do not have the ability to calculate these concentrations using the TRIM.Fate model. Therefore, to evaluate the potential for adverse environmental effects from lead, we compare the estimated HEMmodeled exposures from the source category emissions of lead with the level of the secondary National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for lead. 25 We consider values below the level of the secondary lead NAAQS as unlikely to cause adverse environmental effects. Due to their well
- documented potential to cause direct damage to terrestrial plants, we include two acid gases, HCl and HF, in the environmental screening analysis. According to the 2005 NEI, HCl and HF account for about 99 percent (on a mass basis) of the total acid gas HAP emitted by stationary sources in the U.S . In addition to the potential to cause direct damage to plants, high concentrations of HF in the air have been linked

25 The secondary lead NAAQS is a reasonable measure of determining whether there is an adverse environmental effect since it was established considering “effects on soils, water, crops, vegetation, man
-made ma terials, animals, wildlife, weather, visibility and climate, damage to and deterioration of property, and hazards to transportation, as well as effects on economic values and on personal comfort and well
-being.”*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **63** of **281** t o fluorosis in livestock. Air concentrations of these HAP are already calculated as part of the human multipathway exposure and risk screening analysis using the HEM3
-AERMOD air dispersion model, and we are able to use the air dispersion modeling to estima te the potential for an adverse environmental effect. The EPA acknowledges that other HAP beyond the seven HAP discussed above may have the potential to cause adverse environmental effects. Therefore, the EPA may include other relevant HAP in its environme ntal risk screening in the future, as modeling science and resources allow. The EPA invites comment on the extent to which other HAP emitted by the source category may cause adverse environmental effects. Such information should include references to peer
- reviewed ecological effects benchmarks that are of sufficient quality for making regulatory decisions, as well as information on the presence of organisms located near facilities within the source category that such benchmarks indicate could be adversely a ffected.
c. Ecological assessment endpoints and benchmarks for PB
- HAP An important consideration in the development of the EPA’s screening methodology is the selection of ecological assessment endpoints and benchmarks. Ecological assessment endpoints are defi ned by the ecological entity (e.g., aquatic communities including fish and plankton) and its attributes (e.g., frequency*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **64** of **281** of mortality). Ecological assessment endpoints can be established for organisms, populations, communities or assemblages, and ecosystems. For PB - HAP (other than lead compounds) , we evaluated the following community
- level ecological assessment endpoints to screen for organisms directly exposed to HAP in soils, sediment and water:

 Local terrestrial communities (i.e., soil invertebrates, plants) and populations of small birds and mammals that consume soil invertebrates exposed to PB
- HAP in the surface soil.

 Local benthic (i.e., bottom sediment dwelling insects, amphipods, isopods and crayfish) communities exposed to PB
HAP in sediment in nearby water bodies.

 Local aquatic (water
- column) communities (including fish and plankton) exposed to PB
- HAP in nearby surface waters. For PB - HAP (other than lead compounds) , we also evaluated the following population
- level ecological assessment endpoint to
s creen for indirect HAP exposures of top consumers via the bioaccumulation of HAP in food chains.

 Piscivorous (i.e., fish
- eating) wildlife consuming PB
HAP - contaminated fish from nearby water bodies.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **65** of **281** For cadmium compounds, dioxins/furans, POM and mercury, we identified the available ecological benchmarks for each assessment endpoint. An ecological benchmark represents a concentration of HAP (e.g., 0.77 ug of HAP per liter of water) that has been linked to a particular environmental effect level (e.g., a no
- observed
- adverse
- effect level (NOAEL)) through scientific study. For PB
- HAP we identified, where possible, ecological benchmarks at the following effect levels: **Probable effect levels (PEL)** : Level above which adverse effects are expected to occur frequently . **Lowest -**  **observed -**  **adverse -**  **effect level (LOAEL):** The lowest exposure level tested at which there are biologically significant increases in frequency or severity of adverse effects. **No -**  **observed -**  **adverse -**  **effect levels (NOAEL):** The highest exposure level tested at which there are no biologically significant increases in the frequency or severity of adverse effect. We established a hierarchy of preferred benchmark sources to allow selection of benchmarks for each environmental HAP at each ecological assessment endpoint. In general, the EPA sources that are used at a programmatic level (e.g., Office of Water, Superfund Program) were used, if available. If not, the EPA*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **66** of **281** benchmarks used in regional programs (e.g., Superfund) were used . If benchmarks were not available at a programmatic or regional level, we used benchmarks developed by other federal agencies (e.g., National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration ( NOAA ) ) or state agencies. Benchmarks for all effect levels are not avail able for all PB - HAP and assessment endpoints. In cases where multiple effect levels were available for a particular PB
- HAP and assessment endpoint, we use all of the available effect levels to help us to determine whether ecological risks exist and, if so, whether the risks could be considered significant and widespread. d. Ecological assessment endpoints and benchmarks for acid gases The environmental screening analysis also evaluated p otential damage and reduced productivity of plants due to direct exposure to acid gases in the air. For acid gases, we evaluated the following ecological assessment endpoint:

 Local terrestrial plant communities with foliage exposed to acidic gaseous HAP in the air. The selection of ecological benchmarks for the effects of acid gases on plants followed the same approach as for PB
- HAP (i.e., we examine all of the available benchmarks). For HCl, the EPA identified chronic benchmark concentrations. We note that the benchmark for chronic HCl exposure to plants is greater than*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **67** of **281** the reference concentration for chronic inhalation exposure for human health. This means that where the EPA includes regulatory requirements to prevent an exceedance of the reference concentration for human health, additional analyses for adverse environmental effects of HCL would not be necessary. For HF, the EPA identified chronic benchmark concentrations for plants and evaluated chronic exposures to plants in the screening analysis. High concentrations of HF in the air have also been linked to fluorosis in livestock. However, the HF concentrations at which fluorosis in livestock occur are higher than those at which plant damage begins. Therefore, the benchmarks for plants are protective of both plants and livestock. e. Screening Methodology For the envir onmental risk screening analysis, the EPA first determined whether any facilities in the ferroalloys p roduction source category sources emitted any of the seven environmental HAP . For the ferroalloys production source category, we identified emissions of f ive of the PB HAP (cadmium, mercury, lead, dioxins, and polycyclic organic matter) and one acid gas (HCl).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **68** of **281** Because one or more of the seven environmental HAP evaluated are emitted by the facilities in the source category, we proceeded to the second step o f the evaluation. f. PB
- HAP Methodology For cadmium, mercury, POM and dioxins/furans, the environmental screening analysis consists of two tiers , while lead is analyzed differently as discussed earlier . In the first tier, we determined whether the maximum facility
- specific emission rates of each of the emitted environmental HAP were large enough to create the potential for adverse environmental effects under reasonable worst
- case environmental conditions. These are the same environmental conditions used in the human multipathway exposure and risk screening analysis. To facilitate this step, TRIM.FaTE was run for each PB
- HAP under hypothetical environmental conditions designed to provide conservatively high HAP concentrations. The model was set to maximize runoff from terrestrial parcels into the modeled lake, which in turn, maximized the chemical concentrations in the water, the sediments, and the fish. The resulting media concentrations were then used to back
- calculate a screening threshold emission rate that corresponded to the relevant exposure benchmark concentration value for each assessment endpoint. To assess emissions from a facility, the reported*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **69** of **281** emission rate for each PB
- HAP was compared to the screening threshold emission rate for that PB
- HAP for each assessment endpoint. If emissions from a facility do not exceed the Tier I threshold, the facility “passes” the screen, and therefore, is not evaluated further under the screening approach. If emissions from a facility exceed the Tier I threshold, we evaluate the facility further in Tier II . In Tier II of the environmental screening analysis, the screening emission thresholds are adjusted to account for local meteorology and the actual location of lakes in the vicinity of facilities that did not pass the Tier I screen. The modeling domain for each facility in the tier II analysis consists of eight octants. Each octant contains 5 modeled soil concentrations at various distances from the facility (5 soil concentrations x 8 octants = total o f 40 soil concentrations per facility) and 1 lake with modeled concentrations for water, sediment and fish tissue. In the tier II environmental risk screening analysis, the 40 soil concentration points are averaged to obtain an average soil concentration f or each facility for each PB
- HAP. For the water, sediment and fish tissue concentrations, the highest value for each facility for each pollutant is used. If emission concentrations from a facility do not exceed the Tier II threshold, the facility*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **70** of **281** passes the screen, and is typically not evaluated further. If emissions from a facility exceed the Tier II threshold, the facility does not pass the screen and, therefore, may have the potential to cause adverse environmental effects. Such facilities are evaluated further to investigate factors such as the magnitude and characteristics of the area of exceedance. g. Acid Gas Methodology The environmental screening analysis evaluates the p otential phytotoxicity and reduced productivity of plants due to chronic exposure to acid gases. The environmental risk screening methodology for acid gases is a single
- tier screen that compares the average off
- site ambient air concentration over the model ing domain to ecological benchmarks for each of the acid gases. Because air concentrations are compared directly to the ecological benchmarks, emission
-based thresholds are not calculated for acid gases as they are in the ecological risk screening methodol ogy for PB
- HAPs. For purposes of ecological risk screening, EPA identifies a potential for adverse environmental effects to plant communities from exposure to acid gases when the average concentration of the HAP around a facility exceeds the LOAEL ecologi cal benchmark. In such cases, we further investigate factors such as the magnitude and characteristics of the area of exceedance*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **71** of **281** (e.g., land use of exceedance area, size of exceedance area) to determine if there is an adverse environmental effect. For fu rther information on the environmental screen ing analysis approach, see the Revised Draft Residual Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this action. 7. How did we conduct facility
-wide assessments? To put the source category risks in context, we typically examine the risks from the entire “facility,” where the facility includes all HAP
- emitting operations within a contiguous area and under common control. In other words, we examine the HAP emi ssions not only from the source category of interest, but also emissions of HAP from all other emissions sources at the facility for which we have data. However, for the Ferroalloys P roduction source category, we did not identify other HAP emissions source s located at these facilities . Thus, we did not perform a separate facility wide risk assessment. 8 . How did we c onsider uncertainties in r isk a ssessment In the Benzene NESHAP, we concluded that risk estimation uncertainty should be considered in our decision
-making under the ample margin of safety framework. Uncertainty and the potential for bias are inherent in all risk assessments, including those performed for this proposal. Although*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **72** of **281** uncertainty exists, we believe that our approach, which used conservative tools and assumptions, ensures that our decisions are health protective and environmentally protective. A brief discussion of the uncertainties in the emissions dataset, dispersion modeling, inhalation exposure estimates and dose
response relationships follows below. A more thorough discussion of these uncertainties is included in the Revised Draft Development of the RTR Emissions Dataset for the Ferroa lloys Production Source Category and the other uncertainties are described in more detail in the Revised Draft Residual Risk Assessme nt for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this action.
a. Uncertainties in the Emissions Dataset Although the development of the RTR dataset involved quality assurance/quality control processes, the accuracy of emissions values will vary depending on the source of the data, the degree to which data are incomplete or missing, the degr ee to which assumptions made to complete the datasets are accurate, errors in emission estimates and other factors. The emission estimates considered in this analysis generally are annual totals for certain years, and they do not reflect short
- term fluctua tions during the course of a year or variations from year to year. The estimates of peak hourly emission rates for the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **73** of **281** acute effects screening assessment were based on an emission adjustment factor applied to the average annual hourly emission rates, which are intended to account for emission fluctuations due to normal facility operations. As described above and in the emissions technical document, we gathered a substantial amount of emissions test data for the stack emissions from both facilities. Therefore, the level of uncertainty in the estimates of HAP emissions from the stacks is relatively low. Regarding fugitive emis sions, we lack direct quantitative measurements of these emissions, therefore, we had to rely on available emissions factors and other technical information to derive the best estimates of emissions for the se emissions. To e stimate these fugitive emissions, we relied on information and observations gathered through several site visits by the EPA technical experts , reviewed and evaluat ed all available emissions factors, and analyzed other relevant information such as the measu red ratios of HAP metals to particulate matter, estimated capture efficiencies of the various ventilation hoods currently used to capture and c ontrol some of the fugitive emissions , and the production rates for various products. Based on this information, we have derived the best estimates of fugitive emissions from these sources. Details are described in the Revised Draft Development of the RTR*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **74** of **281** Emissions Dataset for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this actio n . Nevertheless, there are still some uncertainties regarding the precise quantities of fugitive HAP being emitted from these plants. b. Uncertainties in Dispersion Modeling We recognize there is uncertainty in ambient concentration estimates associate d with any model, including the EPA’s recommended regulatory dispersion model, AERMOD. In using a model to estimate ambient pollutant concentrations, the user chooses certain options to apply. For RTR assessments, we select some model options that have the potential to overestimate ambient air concentrations (e.g., not including plume depletion or pollutant transformation). We select other model options that have the potential to underestimate ambient impacts (e.g., not including building downwash). Other options that we select have the potential to either under
- or overestimate ambient levels (e.g., meteorology and receptor locations). On balance, considering the directional nature of the uncertainties commonly present in ambient concentrations estimated by dispersion models, the approach we apply in the RTR assessments should yield unbiased estimates of ambient HAP concentrations.
c. Uncertainties in Inhalation Exposure*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **75** of **281** The EPA did not include the effects of human mobility on exposures in the assessment. Specifically, short
- term mobility and long
- term mobility between census blocks in the modeling domain were not considered. 26 The approach of not considering short or long
- term population mobility does not bias the estimate of the theoretical MIR (by definit ion), nor does it affect the estimate of cancer incidence because the total population number remains the same. It does, however, affect the shape of the distribution of individual risks across the affected population, shifting it toward higher estimated i ndividual risks at the upper end and reducing the number of people estimated to be at lower risks, thereby increasing the estimated number of people at specific high risk levels (e.g., 1
- in
- 10 thousand or 1
- in
- 1 million). In addition, the assessment predi cted the chronic exposures at the centroid of each populated census block as surrogates for the exposure concentrations for all people living in that block. Using the census block centroid to predict chronic exposures tends to over
-predict exposures for pe ople in the census block who live farther from the facility and under
-predict exposures for people in the census block who live closer to the facility.

26 Short
- term mobility is movement from one micro
- environment to another over the course of hours or days. Long
- term mobility is movement from one residence to another over the course of a lifetime.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **76** of **281** Thus, using the census block centroid to predict chronic exposures may lead to a potential understatemen t or overstatement of the true maximum impact, but is an unbiased estimate of average risk and incidence. We reduce this uncertainty by analyzing large census blocks near facilities using aerial imagery and adjusting the location of the block centroid to b etter represent the population in the block, as well as adding additional receptors where the block population is not well represented by a single location. The assessment evaluates the cancer inhalation risks associated with pollutant exposures over a 70
- year period, which is the assumed lifetime of an individual. In reality, both the length of time that modeled emission sources at facilities actually operate (i.e., more or less than 70 years) and the domestic growth or decline of the modeled industry (i.e., the increase or decrease in the number or size of domestic facilities) will influence the future risks posed by a given source or source category. Dependi ng on the characteristics of the industry, these factors will, in most cases, result in an overestimate both in individual risk levels and in the total estimated number of cancer cases. However, in the unlikely scenario where a facility maintains, or even increases, its emissions levels over a period of more than 70 years, residents*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **77** of **281** live beyond 70 years at the same location, and the residents spend most of their days at that location, then the cancer inhalation risks could potentially be underestimated. However, annual cancer incidence estimates from exposures to emissions from these sources would not be affected by the length of time an emissions source operates. The exposure estimates used in these analyses assume chronic exposures to ambient (outdoor) levels of pollutants. Because most people spend the majority of their time indoors, actual exposures may not be as high, depending on the characteristics of the pollutants modeled. For many of the HAP, indoor levels are roughly equivalent to ambient levels, but for very reactive pollutants or larger particles, indoor levels are typically lower. This factor has the potential to result in an overstatement of 25 to 30 percent of exposures. 27 In addition to the uncertainties highlighted above, there are several f actors specific to the acute exposure assessment that EPA conducts as part of the risk review under section 112 of the CAA that should be highlighted. The accuracy of an acute inhalation exposure assessment depends on the simultaneous occurrence of indepen dent factors that may vary greatly, such as hourly emissions rates, meteorology and the presence of human s
27 U.S. EPA. National
- Scale Air Toxics Assessment for 1996 . (EPA 453/R

– 01

– 003; January 2001; page 85.)*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **78** of **281** at the location of the maximum concentration . In the acute screening assessment that we conduct under the RTR program , we assume that peak emissions from the source category and worst
case meteorological conditions co - occur, thus resulting in maximum ambient concentrations . These two events are unlikely to occur at the same time , making these assumptions conservative . We then include the additional as sumption that a person is located at this point during th is same time period . For this source category, these assumptions would tend to be worst
- case actual exposures as it is unlikely that a person would be located at the point of maximum exposure during the time of worst - case impact. d. Uncertainties in Dose
- Response Relationships There are uncertainties inherent in the development of the dose
- response values used in our risk assessments for cancer effects from chronic exposures and non
- cancer effects from both chronic and acute exposures. Some uncertainties may be considered quantitatively, and others generally are expressed in qualitative terms. We note as a preface to this discussion a point on dose
- response uncertainty that is brought out in the EPA’s 2 005 Cancer Guidelines ; namely, that “the primary goal of EPA actions is protection of human health; accordingly, as an Agency policy, risk assessment procedures, including default*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **79** of **281** options that are used in the absence of scientific data to the contrary, should be health protective” ( EPA 2005 Cancer Guidelines , pages 1

– 7). This is the approach followed here as summarized in the next several paragraphs. A complete detailed discussion of uncertainties and variability in dose
- response relationships is given in the Revised Draft Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket for this action. C ancer URE values used in our risk assessments are those that have been developed to generally provide an upper bound estima te of risk. That is, they represent a “plausible upper limit to the true value of a quantity” (although this is usually not a true statistical confidence limit). 28 In some circumstances, the true risk could be as low as zero; however, in other circumstances the risk could be greater. 29 When developing an upper bound estimate of risk and to provide risk values that do not underestimate risk, health
-protective default approaches are generally used. To err on the side of ensuring adequate health protection, the EPA typically uses the upper bound estimates rather than lower bound or central tendency estimates in our risk assessments, an approach that may have
28 IRIS glossary (http://www.epa.gov/NCEA/iris/help_gloss.htm). 29 An exception to this is the URE for benzene, which is considered to cover a range of values, each end of which is considered to be equally plausible, and which is based on maximum likelihood estimates.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **80** of **281** limitations for other uses (e.g., priority
- setting or expected benefits analysis). Chronic non
- cancer RfC and reference dose (RfD) val ues represent chronic exposure levels that are intended to be health
-protective levels. Specifically, these values provide an estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of a continuous inhalation exposure (RfC) or a daily oral expos ure (RfD) to the human population (including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. To derive values that are intended to be “without appreciable risk,” the methodology relies upon an uncertainty factor (UF) approach (U.S. EPA, 1993, 1994) which considers uncertainty, variability and gaps in the available data. The UF are applied to derive reference values that are intended to protect against appreciable risk of deleterious effects. The UF are commonly default values, 30 e.g.,

30 According to the NRC report, Science and Judgment in Risk Assessment (NRC, 1994) “[Default] options are generic approaches, based on general scientific knowledge and policy judgment, that are applied to various elements of the risk assessment process when the correct scientific model is unknown or uncertain.” The 1983 NRC report, Risk Assessment in the Federal Government: Managing the Process , defined default option as “the option chosen on the basis of risk assessment policy that appears to be the best choice in the absence of data to the contrary” (NRC, 1983a, p. 63). Therefore, default options are not rules that bind the Agency; rather, the Agency may depart from them in evaluating the risks posed by a specific substance when it believes this to be appropriate. In keeping with EPA’s goal of protecting public health and the environment, default assumptions are used to ensure that risk to chemicals is not underestimated (although defaults are not intended to overtly overestimate risk). See EPA, 2004, An Examination of EPA Risk Assessment Principles and Practices , EPA/100/B

– 04/001 available at:*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **81** of **281** factors of 10 or 3, used in the absence of compound
- specific data; where data are available, UF may also be developed using compound
- specific information. When data are limited, more assumptions are needed and more UF are used. Thus, there may be a greater tendency to overestimate risk in the sense that further study might support development of reference values that are higher (i.e., less potent) because fewer default assumptions are needed. However, for some pollut ants, it is possible that risks may be underestimated. While collectively termed “UF,” these factors account for a number of different quantitative considerations when using observed animal (usually rodent) or human toxicity data in the development of the RfC. The UF are intended to account for: (1) variation in susceptibility among the members of the human population (i.e., inter
- individual variability); (2) uncertainty in extrapolating from experimental animal data to humans (i.e., interspecies difference s); (3) uncertainty in extrapolating from data obtained in a study with less
- than
- lifetime exposure (i.e., extrapolating from sub
- chronic to chronic exposure); (4) uncertainty in extrapolating the observed data to obtain an estimate of the exposure associa ted with no adverse effects; and (5) uncertainty when the database is incomplete or there are
http://www.epa.gov/osa/pdfs/ratf

- final.pdf.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **82** of **281** problems with the applicability of available studies. Many of the UF used to account for variability and uncertainty in the development of acute reference values are quite similar to those developed for chronic durations, but they more often use individual UF values that may be less than 10. The UF are applied based on chemical
- specific or health effect
specific information (e.g., simple irritation effects do not vary appreciably between human individuals, hence a value of 3 is typically used), or based on the purpose for the reference value (see the following paragraph). The UF applied in acute reference value derivation include: (1) heterogeneity among humans; (2 ) uncertainty in extrapolating from animals to humans; (3) uncertainty in lowest observed adverse effect (exposure) level to no observed adverse effect (exposure) level adjustments; and (4) uncertainty in accounting for an incomplete database on toxic effe cts of potential concern. Additional adjustments are often applied to account for uncertainty in extrapolation from observations at one exposure duration (e.g., 4 hours) to derive an acute reference value at another exposure duration (e.g., 1 hour). Not a ll acute reference values are developed for the same purpose and care must be taken when interpreting the results of an acute assessment of human health effects relative to the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **83** of **281** reference value or values being exceeded. Where relevant to the estimated expos ures, the lack of short
- term dose
- response values at different levels of severity should be factored into the risk characterization as potential uncertainties. Although every effort is made to identify appropriate human health effect dose
- response assessme nt values for all pollutants emitted by the sources in this risk assessment, some HAP emitted by this source category are lacking dose
- response assessments. Accordingly, these pollutants cannot be included in the quantitative risk assessment, which could result in quantitative estimates understating HAP risk. To help to alleviate this potential underestimate, where we conclude similarity with a HAP for which a dose
- response assessment value is available, we use that value as a surrogate for the assessment of the HAP for which no value is available. To the extent use of surrogates indicates appreciable risk, we may identify a need to increase priority for new IRIS assessment of that substance. We additionally note that, generally speaking, HAP of greatest
co ncern due to environmental exposures and hazard are those for which dose
- response assessments have been performed, reducing the likelihood of understating risk. Further, HAP not included in the quantitative assessment are assessed qualitatively and conside red in the risk characterization that informs the risk*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **84** of **281** management decisions, including with regard to consideration of HAP reductions achieved by various control options. For a group of compounds that are unspeciated (e.g., glycol ethers), we conservative ly use the most protective reference value of an individual compound in that group to estimate risk. Similarly, for an individual compound in a group (e.g., ethylene glycol diethyl ether) that does not have a specified reference value, we also apply the mo st protective reference value from the other compounds in the group to estimate risk.
e. Uncertainties in the Multipathway Assessment Fo r each source category, we generally rely on site
specific levels of PB
- HAP emissions to determine whether a refined asses sment of the impacts from multipathway exposures is necessary. This determination is based on the results of a two
tiered screening analysis that relies on the outputs from models that estimate environmental pollutant concentrations and human exposures for four PB
- HAP. Two important types of uncertainty associated with the use of these models in RTR risk assessments and inherent to any assessment that relies on environmental modeling are model uncertainty and input uncertainty. 31 Model uncertainty concerns whether the selected models are 31 In the context of this discussion, the term “uncertainty” as it pertains to exposure and risk encompasses both **variability** in the range of expected inputs and screening results due to existing spatial, temporal, and other factors, as well as **uncertainty** in being able to accurately estimate the true result.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **85** of **281** appropriate for the assessment being conducted and whether they adequately represent the actual processes that might occur for that situation. An example of model uncertainty is the question of whether the model adequately describes the movement of a pollutant through the soil. This type of uncertainty is difficult to quantify. However, based on feedback received from previous EPA Science Advisory Board reviews and other reviews, we are confident that the models used in the screen are appropriate and state
- of
- the
- art for the multipathway risk assessments conducted in support of RTR. Input uncertainty is concerned with how accurately the models have been configured and parameterized for the assessment at hand. For Tier I of the multipathway screen, we configured the models to avoid underestimating exposure and risk. This was accomplished by selecting upper
- end values from nationally
representative data sets for the more influential parameters in the environmental model, including selection and spatial configuration of the area of interest, lake location and size, meteorology, surface water and soil characteristics and structure of the aquatic food web. We also assume an ingestion exposure scenario and values for human exposure factors that represent reasonable maximum exposures. In Tier II of the multipathway assessment, we refine the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **86** of **281** model inputs to account for meteorological patterns in the vicinity of the facility versus using upper
- end national values and we identify the actual location of lakes near the facility rather than the default lake location that we apply in Tier I. By refining the screening approach in Tier II to account for local geographical and meteorological data, we decrease the likelihood that concentration s in environmental media are overestimated, thereby increasing the usefulness of the screen. The assumptions and the associated uncertainties regarding the selected ingestion exposure scenario are the same for Tier I and Tier II. For both Tiers I and II of the multipathway assessment, our approach to addressing model input uncertainty is generally cautious. We choose model inputs from the upper end of the range of possible values for the influential parameters used in the models, and we assume that the expo sed individual exhibits ingestion behavior that would lead to a high total exposure. This approach reduces the likelihood of not identifying high risks for adverse impacts. Despite the uncertainties, when individual pollutants or facilities do screen out, we are confident that the potential for adverse multipathway impacts on human health is very low. On the other hand, when individual pollutants or facilities do not*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **87** of **281** screen out, it does not mean that multipathway impacts are significant, only that we canno t rule out that possibility and that a refined multipathway analysis for the site might be necessary to obtain a more accurate risk characterization for the source category. For further information on uncertainties and the Tier I and II screening methods, refer to the risk document Appendix 4 , Technical Support Document for TRIM
- Based Multipathway Tiered Screening Methodology for RTR . We also completed a refined multi
-pathway assessment for this supplemental proposal. The refined assessment contains considerably less uncertaint y compared to the Tier I and Tier II screens. Nevertheless, some uncertainties also exist with the refined assessments. The refined multi
-pathway assessment and related uncertainties are described in detail in the risk document Appendix 10 , Revised Draft Residual Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category, which is available in the docket for this action . f. Uncertainties in the Environmental Risk Screening Assessment For each source category, we generally rely on site
specific levels of environmental HAP emissions to perform an environmental screening assessment. The environmental screening assessment is based on the outputs from models that estimate*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **88** of **281** environmental HAP concentrations. The same models, specificall y the TRIM.FaTE multipathway model and the AERMOD air dispersion model, are used to estimate environmental HAP concentrations for both the human multipathway screening analysis and for the environmental screening analysis. Therefore, both screening
assessments have similar modeling uncertainties. Two important types of uncertainty associated with the use of these models in RTR environmental screening assessments

—and inherent to any assessment that relies on environmental modeling

—are model uncertainty and i nput uncertainty. 32 Model uncertainty concerns whether the selected models are appropriate for the assessment being conducted and whether they adequately represent the movement and accumulation of environmental HAP emissions in the environment. For example , does the model adequately describe the movement of a pollutant through the soil? This type of uncertainty is difficult to quantify. However, based on feedback received from previous EPA Science Advisory Board reviews and other reviews, we are confident that the models used in the screen are appropriate and state - of
- the
- art for the environmental risk assessments conducted in support of our RTR analyses.

32 In the context of this discussion, the term “uncertainty,” as it pertains to exposure and risk assessment, encompasses both variability in the range of expected inputs and screening results due to exist ing spatial, temporal, and other factors, as well as uncertainty in being able to accurately estimate the true result.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **89** of **281** Input uncertainty is concerned with how accurately the models have been configured and parameterized fo r the assessment at hand. For Tier I of the environmental screen for PB
- HAP, we configured the models to avoid underestimating exposure and risk to reduce the likelihood that the results indicate the risks are lower than they actually are. This was accompl ished by selecting upper - end values from nationally
- representative data sets for the more influential parameters in the environmental model, including selection and spatial configuration of the area of interest, the location and size of any bodies of water , meteorology, surface water and soil characteristics and structure of the aquatic food web. In Tier I , we used the maximum facility
- specific emissions for the PB
- HAP (other than lead, which was evaluated by comparison to the secondary lead NAAQS) that were included in the environmental screening assessment and each of the media when comparing to ecological benchmarks. This is consistent with the conservative design of Tier I of the screen. In Tier II of the environmental screening analysis for PB
- HAP, we refine the model inputs to account for meteorological patterns in the vicinity of the facility versus using upper
- end national values, and we identify the locations of water bodies near the facility location. By refining the screening approach in Tier II to account for local geographical*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **9 0**  of **281** and meteorological data, we decrease the likelihood that concentrations in environmental media are overestimated, thereby increasing the usefulness of the screen. To better represent widespread impacts, the modeled soil conc entrations are averaged in Tier II to obtain one average soil concentration value for each facility and for each PB
- HAP. For PB - HAP concentrations in water, sediment and fish tissue, the highest value for each facility for each pollutant is used. For the e nvironmental screening assessment for acid gases, we employ a single
- tiered approach. We use the modeled air concentrations and compare those with ecological benchmarks. For both Tiers I and II of the environmental screening assessment, our approach to addressing model input uncertainty is generally cautious. We choose model inputs from the upper end of the range of possible values for the influential parameters used in the models, and we assume that the exposed individual exhibits ingestion behavior that would lead to a high total exposure. This approach reduces the likelihood of not identifying potential risks for adverse environmental impacts. Uncertainty also exists in the ecological benchmarks for the environmental risk screening analysis. We established a hierarchy of preferred benchmark sources to allow selection of benchmarks for each environmental HAP at each ecological*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **91** of **281** assessment endpoint. In general, EPA benchmarks used at a programmatic level (e.g., Office of Water, Superfund Program) were used i f available. If not, we used EPA benchmarks used in regional programs (e.g., Superfund Program ). If benchmarks were not available at a programmatic or regional level, we used benchmarks developed by other agencies (e.g., NOAA) or by state agencies. In all cases (except for lead, which was evaluated through a comparison to the NAAQS) , we searched for benchmarks at the following three effect levels, as described in Section III.A. 6. of this preamble : 1. A no - effect level (i.e., NOAEL). 2. Threshold
- effect level (i.e., LOAEL). 3. Probable effect level (i.e., PEL). For some ecological assessment endpoint/environmental HAP combinations, we could identify benchmarks for all three effect levels, but for most, we could not. In one case, where diff erent agencies derived significantly different numbers to represent a threshold for effect, we included both. In several cases, only a single benchmark was available. In cases where multiple effect levels were available for a particular PB
- HAP and assessme nt endpoint, we used all of the available effect levels to help us*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **92** of **281** to determine whether risk exists and if the risks could be considered significant and widespread. The EPA evaluate s the following seven HAP in the environmental risk screening assessment: c admium, dioxins/furans, POM, mercury (both inorganic mercury and methyl mercury), lead compounds , HCl , and HF, where applicable . These seven HAP represent pollutants that can cause adverse impacts for plants and animals either through direct exposure to HAP in the air or through exposure to HAP that is deposited from the air onto soils and surface waters. These seven HAP also represent those HAP for which we can conduct a meaningful environmental risk screening assessment. For other HAP not included in our screening assessment, the model has not been parameterized such that it can be used for that purpose. In some cases, depending on the HAP, we may not have appropriate multipathway models that allow us to predict the concentration of that pollutant. The EPA acknowledges that other HAP beyond the seven HAP that we are evaluating may have the potential to cause adverse environmental effects and, therefore, the EPA may evaluate other relevant HAP in the future, as modeling science and resources allow. Further information on uncertainties and the Tier I and II screening methods is provided in Appendix 4 of the document*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **93** of **281** “Technical Support Document for TRIM
- Based Multipathway Tiered Screening Methodology for RTR: Summary of Approach and Evaluation.” Also, see the Revised Draft Residual Risk Assessment for Ferroalloys Production Source Category , available in the docket for this action. B. How did we consider the risk results in making decisions for this supplemental proposal? As discussed in section II.A of this preamble, in evaluating and developing standards under section 112(f)(2), we apply a two
- step process to address residual risk. In the first step, the EPA determines whether risks are acceptable. This determination “considers all health information, including risk estimation uncertainty, and includes a presumptive limit on maximum individual lifetime [cancer] risk (MIR) 33 of approximately [1
- in
- 10 thousand] [i.e., 100
- in
- 1 million].” 54 FR 38045. If risks are unacceptable, the EPA must determine the emission s standards necessary to bring risks to an acceptable level without considering costs. In the second step of the process, the EPA considers whether the emissions standards provide an ample margin of safety “in consideration of all health information, including the number of persons at risk

33 Although defined as “maximum individual risk,” MIR refers only to cancer risk. MIR, one metric for assessing cancer risk, is the estima ted risk were an individual exposed to the maximum level of a pollutant for a lifetime.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **94** of **281** levels higher than approximately 1
- in
- 1 million, as well as other relevant factors, including costs and economic impacts, technological feasibility, and other factors relevant to each particular decision.” Id. The EPA mus t promulgate tighter emission standards if necessary to provide an ample margin of safety. In past residual risk actions, the EPA considered a number of human health risk metrics associated with emissions from the categories under review, including the MI R, the number of persons in various risk ranges, cancer incidence, the maximum
non - cancer HI and the maximum acute non
- cancer hazard. See, e.g., 72 FR 25138, May 3, 2007; 71 FR 42724, July 27, 2006. The EPA considered this health information for both actua l and allowable emissions. See, e.g. , 75 FR 65068, October 21, 2010; 75 FR 80220, December 21, 2010; 76 FR 29032, May 19, 2011. The EPA also discussed risk estimation uncertainties and considered the uncertainties in the determination of acceptable risk an d ample margin of safety in these past actions. The EPA considered this same type of information in support of this action. The agency is considering these various measures of health information to inform our determinations of risk acceptability and ample margin of safety under CAA section 112(f). As explained in the Benzene NESHAP, “the first step judgment on*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **95** of **281** acceptability cannot be reduced to any single factor” and thus “[t]he Administrator believes that the acceptability of risk under [previous] section 112 is best judged on the basis of a broad set of health risk measures and information.” 54 FR 38046. Similarly, with regard to the ample margin of safety determination, “the Agency again considers all of the health risk and other health information considered in the first step. Beyond that information, additional factors relating to the appropriate level of control will also be considered, including cost and economic impacts of controls, technological feasibility, uncertainties, and any other relevant fact ors.” Id. The Benzene NESHAP approach provides flexibility regarding factors the EPA may consider in making determinations and how the EPA may weigh those factors for each source category. In responding to comment on our policy under the Benzene NESHAP, the EPA explained that: “[t]he policy chosen by the Administrator permits consideration of multiple measures of health risk. Not only can the MIR figure be considered, but also incidence, the presence of non
- cancer health effects, and the uncertainties of the risk estimates. In this way, the effect on the most exposed individuals can be reviewed as well as the impact on the general public. These factors can then be weighed in each individual case. This approach complies with the Vinyl Chloride mandate that the Administrator ascertain an acceptable level of risk to the public by employing [her] expertise to assess available data. It also complies with the Congressional intent behind the CAA, which did not exclude the use of any particular measure of public heal th risk from the EPA's consideration*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **96** of **281** with respect to CAA section 112 regulations, and thereby implicitly permits consideration of any and all measures of health risk which the Administrator, in [her] judgment, believes are appropriate to determining what w ill ‘protect the public health’.” 54 FR at 38057. Thus, the level of the MIR is only one factor to be weighed in determining acceptability of risks. The Benzene NESHAP explained that “an MIR of approximately one in 10 thousand should ordinarily be the upp er end of the range of acceptability. As risks increase above this benchmark, they become presumptively less acceptable under CAA section 112, and would be weighed with the other health risk measures and information in making an overall judgment on acceptability. Or, the Agency may find, in a particular case, that a risk that includes MIR less than the presumptively acceptable level is unacceptable in the light of other health risk factors.” Id. at 38045. Similarly, with regard to the ample margin of safety analysis, the EPA stated in the Benzene NESHAP that: “EPA believes the relative weight of the many factors that can be considered in selecting an ample margin of safety can only be determined for each specific source category. This occurs mainly because t echnological and economic factors (along with the health
- related factors) vary from source category to source category.” Id. at 38061. We also consider the uncertainties associated with the various risk analyses, as discussed earlier*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **97** of **281** in this preamble, in our determinations of acceptability and ample margin of safety. The EPA notes that it has not considered certain health information to date in making residual risk determinations. At this time, we do not attempt to quantify those HAP risks that may be assoc iated with emissions from other facilities that do not include the source categories in question, mobile source emissions, natural source emissions, persistent environmental pollution or atmospheric transformation in the vicinity of the sources in these ca tegories. The agency understands the potential importance of considering an individual’s total exposure to HAP in addition to considering exposure to HAP emissions from the source category and facility. We recognize that such consideration may be particul arly important when assessing non
- cancer risks, where pollutant
- specific exposure health reference levels (e.g., RfCs) are based on the assumption that thresholds exist for adverse health effects. For example, the agency recognizes that, although exposures attributable to emissions from a source category or facility alone may not indicate the potential for increased risk of adverse non
- cancer health effects in a population, the exposures resulting from emissions from the facility in combination with emissio ns from all of the other*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **98** of **281** sources (e.g., other facilities) to which an individual is exposed may be sufficient to result in increased risk of adverse
non - cancer health effects. In May 2010, the SAB advised the EPA “that RTR assessments will be most useful t o decision makers and communities if results are presented in the broader context of aggregate and cumulative risks, including background concentrations and contributions from other sources in the area.” 34 In response to the SAB recommendations, the EPA is incorporating cumulative risk analyses into its RTR risk assessments, including those reflected in this proposal. The agency is: (1) conducting facility
-wide assessments, which include source category emission points as well as other emission points withi n the facilities; (2) considering overlapping sources in the same category; and (3) for some persistent and bioaccumu lative pollutants, analyzing the ingestion route of exposure. In addition, the RTR risk assessments have always considered aggregate cancer risk from all carcinogens and aggregate non
- cancer hazard indices from all
non - carcinogens affecting the same target organ system.

34 EPA’s responses to this and all other key recommendations of the SAB’s advisory on RTR risk assessment methodologies (which is available at: http://yosemite.epa.gov/s ab/sabproduct.nsf/4AB3966E263D943A8525771F00668381/$ File/EPA

- SAB - 10
- 007
- unsigned.pdf) are outlined in a memo to this rulemaking docket from David Guinnup entitled, EPA’s Actions in Response to the Key Recommendations of the SAB Review of RTR Risk Assessment Methodologies .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **99** of **281** Although we are interested in placing source category and facility
-wide HAP risks in the context of total HAP risks from all sources combined in the vicinity of each source, we are concerned about the uncertainties of doing so. Because of the contribution to total HAP risk from emission sources other than those that we have studied in depth during this RTR review, such estimate s of total HAP risks would have significantly greater associated uncertainties than the source category or facility
wide estimates. Such aggregate or cumulative assessments would compound those uncertainties, making the assessments too unreliable. C. How did we perform the technology review? Our technology review focused on the identification and evaluation of developments in practices, processes and control technologies that have occurred since the MACT standards were promulgated. Where we identified such developments, in order to inform our decision of whether it is “necessary” to revise the emissions standards, we analyzed the technical feasibility of applying these developments, and the estimated costs, energy implications, non
- air environmental impacts, as well as considering the emission reductions. We also considered the appropriateness of applying controls to new sources versus retrofitting existing sources.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **100** of **281** Based on our analyses of the available data and information, we identified potential developme nts in practices, processes and control technologies. For this exercise, we considered any of the following to be a “development”:

 Any add
- on control technology or other equipment that was not identified and considered during development of the original MACT standards.
 Any improvements in add
- on control technology or other equipment (that were identified and considered during development of the original MACT standards ) that could result in additional emissions reduction .  Any work practice or operational pro cedure that was not identified or considered during development of the original MACT standards.
 Any process change or pollution prevention alternative that could be broadly applied to the industry and that was not identified or considered during developmen t of the original MACT standards.
 Any significant changes in the cost (including cost effectiveness) of applying controls (including controls the EPA considered during the development of the original MACT standards). We reviewed a variety of data sources in our investigation of potential practices, processes or controls to consider. Among the sources we reviewed were the NESHAP for various industries that were promulgated since the MACT standards being reviewed in this action. We reviewed the regulatory re quirements and/or technical analyses associated with these regulatory actions to identify any practices, processes and control technologies considered in these efforts that could be applied to emission*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **101** of **281** sources in the Ferroalloys P roduction source category, as well as the costs, non
- air impacts and energy implications associated with the use of these technologies. Additionally, we requested information from facilities regarding developments in practices, processes or control technology. Finally, we reviewed information from other sources, such as state and/or local permitting agency databases and industry
- supported databases. For the 2011 proposal, our technology review focused on the identification and evaluation of developments in practices, processes, and control technologies that have occurred since the 1999 NESHAP was promulgated. In cases where the technology review identified such developments , we conducted an analysis of the technical feasibility of applying these developments, along with the estimated impacts (costs, emissions reductions, risk reductions, etc.) of applying these developments. We then made decisions on whether it is necessary to propose amendments to the 1999 NESHAP to require any of the identified developments. Based on our analyses of the data and information collected by the 2010 ICR and our general understanding of the industry and other available information on potential c ontrols for this industry, we identified several potential developments in practices, processes, and control technologies.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **102** of **281** Based on our technology review for the 2011 proposed rule, we determined that there had been advances in emissions control
measures since the Ferroalloys Production NESHAP was originally promulgated in 1999. Based on that review, we proposed lower PM emissions limits for the process vents because we determined that the existing add
- on control devices (baghouses and wet venture scrubber s ) were achieving better control than that reflected by the emissions limits in the 1999 MACT rule . Furthermore, based on that previous technology review, to reduce fugitive process emissions, in 2011 we propose d a requirement for sources to enclose the fu rnace building, prevent the fugitive emissions from being released to the atmosphere by maintaining the furnace building under negative pressure and collect and duct those fugitive emissions to a control device. We proposed that approach in 2011, because at that time , we believed it represent ed a technically
- feasible cost - effective advance in emissions control since the Ferroalloys Production NESHAP was originally promulgated in 1999. Additional details regarding the previously
- conducted technology review can be found in the Technology Review for Ferroalloys Production Source Category (Docket No. EPA
- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895
- 0044), which is available in the docket and are discussed in the preamble to the November 2011 proposal ( 76 FR 72508 ) . However, we received*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **103** of **281** significant adverse public comments regarding the proposed requirement for full
- enclosure with negative pressure . After reviewing and considering the comments and other information regarding the costs and feasibility of full
- enclosure , we determined that full
- enclosure with negative pressure may not be feasible for these facilities and, if feasible, would be much more costly than what we had estimated for the 2011 proposal. Therefore we evaluate d other potential approaches to reduce fugitive process emissio ns based on enhanced local capture and control of the fugitive emissions and secondary capture and control , which are described in more detail below . We also gathered additional emissions data for the process vents. Therefore, we have updated and revised our technology review for the process vent emissions and fugitive emissions control options . The following paragraphs describe the up
- dated and revised technology review and additional analyses that were performed for today’s supplemental proposal. 1. Proc ess Vent Emission Limits The ferroalloy production facilities have add
- on control devices such as venturi scrubbers or fabric filters to control emissions of metal HAP from the furnace operations. The furnace operations include charging, smelting, and tapping . Other operations that take place inside the furnace buildings include*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **104** of **281** casting and ladle treatment. The vast majority of emissions from the charging and smelting processes are currently vented to the add
- on control devices. However, the percent of emi ssions currently captured and controlled from tapping, ladle treatment and casting are considerably lower and varies across furnaces. The ferroalloy production facilities also use add
- on control devices to reduce emissions from the metal oxygen refining (MOR) process, local ventilation sources (e.g., tapping fugitive control device), and the product crushing operation s . To evaluate the effectiveness of these emission control technologies currently used to reduce emissions and meet the emission limit s in the 1999 MACT rule , an ICR under Section 114 of the Clean Air Act was sent to each of the ferroalloy production facilities on April 28, 2010 and December 21, 2012 to gather source emissions test data and other information f o r the furnace s , the MOR process and the product crushing operation s . The HAP source test data that were collected from the control device outlet for each furnace include: metal HAP (arsenic, cadmium, chromium (total and Cr +6 ), lead, manganese, mercury, and nickel) 35 , HCl , formaldehyde, PAH, PCB, and

35 Total phosphorus was also measured for the ICR using EPA Method 29; however this method does not distinguish between white phosphorus (which is a non
HAP) and red phosphorus (which is a HAP). Due to the uncertainty of the percen tage of red phosphorus in the total phosphorus test results, it was concluded that phosphorus would not be incorporated in the emissions used for modeling.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **105** of **281** chlorodibenzodioxins and chlorodibenzofurans (CDD/CDF). In addition, emissions were measured from the furnace control device outlet for two non - HAP air pollutants ( carbon monoxide and particulate matter ) . The pollutants measured from the MOR
and crushing and sizing operations in 2010 include particulate matter (PM) and metal HAP (arsenic, total chromium, lead, manganese, mercury, and nickel). 36 In addition, the facilities provided compliance test reports from 2011 and 2012 , and additional emissio ns data they collected voluntarily, which included test data for PM, metal HAP (arsenic, cadmium, total chromium, lead, manganese, mercury, and nickel) and organic HAP (PAH, PCB, CDD/CDF) from the furnace control device outlet s . The test data collected fr om the ICR responses , the compliance reports and other testing indicate that the PM emissions from the furnace process vents (also known as process stacks) are well below the level of emissions allowed by the current emission standards in subpart XXX. In the 2011 proposal, we proposed lower PM limits to reflect the better performance of these sources. We also proposed lower limits for the MOR process and the crushing and screening process vents in the 2011 proposal. We did not receive any additional tes t data for the MOR process or the crushing and screening process since the 2011

36 Total phosphorus was also measured using Method 29, but was not used in the technology review.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **106** of **281** proposal , and have received no other information indicating that changes to the limits we proposed in 2011 for these sources are necessary, therefore we plan no changes to the proposed emission standards in this supplemental proposal for the MOR process and the crushing and screening processes . However, f or the furnace process vents , we did receive additional data and based on that data combined with the data we already had, we evaluated whether it is appropriate to propose revised emissions limits for PM from the furnace process vents. We also re
- evaluated the proposed emission limits for the local ventilation system based on the new test data received. Further discussions of the re
- evaluations and the proposed revised limits are presented in section IV below. For purposes of addressing new ferroalloy production facilities, we considered the feasibility of more stringent emission limit s . Specifically, we examined what emission l evel could be met using available add
- on control devices and the emission concentrations that could be achieved by the use of the control devices. The results of this analysis and the proposed decisions are described in section IV below. 2. Process Fugitive Control Standards We re - evaluated the costs and operational feasibility associated with the option of requiring full building enclosure*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **107** of **281** with negative pressure at all openings. We also consulted with ventilation experts working with hot process fugitives like those found in the ferroalloys industry (e.g., electric arc furnace steel mini
-mills and secondary lead smelters). Furthermore, we received detailed information from each of the Ferroalloys facilities that provides an altern a tive approach to achieve significant reductions of process fugitive emissions using enhanced local capture , including primary and secondary hoods, which would effectively capture most of the fugitive process emissions and route these emissions to PM control devices (e.g., baghouses or wet scrubbers). The plans provided by the facilities are designed to achieve a high overall level of control. These plans are available in the docket for this action ( identified by document number s : EPA- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 08 95
- 0106 and EPA
- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895
- 0073). We also reviewed other options to control process fugitive emissions. When we consider the evolution of the EPA rules on process fugitives in the metallurgical industry, we observe that the primary emphasis on quant ifiable emission standards is based on controlling stack emissions with a high degree of efficiency. Standards related to emissions capture are generally related to parameter monitoring of flow rates and damper positions of capture equipment when the stack emission test is occurring.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **108** of **281** There typically has not been an independent evaluation of the effectiveness of fugitive control through local ventilation in a quantitative, rigorous manner. However, there is a history of addressing fugitive emissions by requ iring a building opacity limit, including a 20 percent limit in the current subpart XXX ( although this limit is relatively high and also contains a 60
-percent short
- term excursion and it excludes some key process fugitives events such as casting ) . Subpart FFFFF of Part 63, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Integrated Iron and Steel Manufacturing Facilities, contains various building opacity limits ranging from 20 percent for existing sources to 10 percent for new sources. Section 60.272a in the Subpart AAa

— Standards of Performance for Steel Plants: Electric Arc Furnaces and Argon
- Oxygen Decarburization Vessels Constructed After August 17, 1983 establishes a shop building opacity limit of 6 percent, due solely to the operations of affected electric arc furnace (EAF)(s) or a rgon - oxygen decarburization vessel (AOD vessel)(s). Building opacity limits in these rules serve as an emissions standard for the control of process fugitive emissions . Opacity limits can ensure effective capture and control of these fugitive emissions if they are established at the appropriate levels and have appropriate compliance*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **109** of **281** monitoring requirements to ensure the fugitive emissions are minimized continuously over time . After rev iewing and evaluating available information regarding approaches to reduce process fugitive emissions, we revised our analysis of options to contr ol these fugitive emissions. The results of the revised analys e s of control options for process fugitive emiss ions are summarized in section IV , and also presented in the Cost Impacts of the Controls Options considered for the NESHAP for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category to Address Fugitive HAP Emissions document and the Revised Technology Review for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category document , which are available in the docket . **IV. Revised**  **Analytical Results and Proposed Decisions for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category**  A. What actions are we taking pursuant to CAA sections 112(d)(2) and 112(d)(3)? As described previously, CAA section 112(d) requires the EPA to promulgate national technology
-based emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for listed source categories, including this source category. In the 2011 proposal, we proposed emissions limits for mercury, PAHs and HC l , which were previously unregulated HAP, pursuant to section 112(d)(2) and 112(d)(3). After proposal, we received a*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **110** of **281** substantial amount of additional data for these HAP, and re
analyzed the proposed limits for the se HAP considering the additional data. Based on those analyses we determined it is appropriate to propose revised limits for these three HAP. Therefore, in today’s supplemental notice, we are proposing revised emissions limits pursuant to section 112(d)(2) and 112(d)(3) for mercury, PAHs and HCl. In this section, we describe how we developed the revised proposed standards for these HAP , including how we calculate d MACT floors, how we account for variability in those floor calculations, and how we consider ed beyond the floor (BTF) options. The revised MACT analys e s for the se previously unregulated pollutants (i.e., mercury , PAH and HCl ) are presented in the following paragraphs . For more information on these analyses, see the Revised MACT Floor Analysis for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category and the Mercury Control Options and Impacts for the Ferroalloys Production Industry documents which are available in the docket for this action. 1. Mercury Emissions
a. Background . As described above, we obtained significant additional data on mercury emissions from the two ferroalloys production facilities since the 2011 proposal . In particular, we obtained*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **111** of **281** data from each furnace and for each product type (ferromanganese and silicomanganese). While the mercury test data from the 2010 ICR were collected using EPA Method 29, and the mercury test data from the 2012 ICR and other submitted test reports were collected using EPA Method 30B, the mercury test results from the two test methods were considered to be comparable and were used in the MACT Floor analysis. All of the test reports provided analytical results for mercury that were above the detection limit. The raw material s used to produce ferroalloys contain various amounts of mercury, which is emitted during the smelting process. These mercury emissions are derived primarily from the manganese ore although there may be trace amounts in the coke or coal used in the smelting process. S ome of the mercury that is in oxidized form is captured on the particulate matter (PM) and then collected in the particle control device ( e.g. , fabric filter or wet scrubber) . Most of the gaseous oxidized mercury and the gaseous elemental mercu ry in contrast are not captured by the se particulate control devices, and the more volatile elemental mercury is largely emitted to the atmosphere. Based on the available emissions test data , we estimate Eramet ( which, as noted above, produces FeMn and SiMn ) emits about 342 pounds per year of mercury from the ir furnaces and that Felman , which*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **112** of **281** produces only SiMn, emits about 35 lb/yr of mercury from their furnaces . Pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(2) and 112(d)(3), we are proposing to revise the 1999 NESHAP to include emission limits for mercury. b. Calculation of MACT Floor Limits As discussed in the 2011 proposal , the MACT floor limit is calculated based on the average performance of the units in each category or subcategory plus an amount to account for these units’ variability. To account for variability in the operation and emissions, the stack test data were used to calculate the average emissions and the 99 percent upper predictive limit (UPL) to derive the MACT floor limit s . For more information on how we calculated the MACT floors and other emission limits, see the Mercury Control Options and Impacts for the Ferroalloys Production Industry document, which is available in the docket. Importantly, the new test data confirm that ferromanganese (FeMn) pr oduction has substantially higher mercury emissions compared to silicomanganese (SiMn) production , and that emissions are considerably higher at Eramet as compared to Felman . This finding is based on an analysis of the product
specific data sets. Furthermo re, we evaluated differences in the processes and input materials to try to determine the reasons for the significant difference in mercury emissions. Based on*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **113** of **281** this evaluation, we have determined the input material recipes for producing the different produ cts are quite different. In the case of FeMn production, much more of the Mn ore and high carbon coke is used to reduce the MnO 2 in the ore to Mn to produce FeMn . We conclude the difference in emissions of mercury is due to the significant differences in the input materials and recipe for FeMn as compared to SiMn production . Because of the significant difference s in the input material recipes and the mercury emissions between FeMn and SiMn , we de termined that subcategories should be created for ferromanganese and silicomanganese production, with separate MACT limits for mercury proposed for each ferroalloys product (FeMn and SiMn) . Using this method, the MACT floor (or 99 percent UPL) for exhaust mercury concentrations from existi ng furnaces is 163 μg/dscm for ferromanganese production and 12 μg/dscm for silicomanganese production . These MACT floor limit s are higher than the actual emissions measured during the ICR performance tests at each plant due to an allowance for variability reflected in the UPL . Therefore, we anticipate that both of the existing sources would be able to meet these product
- specific MACT Floor limit s without installing additional controls.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **114** of **281** With regard to new sources, the MACT floor for new sources cannot be less stringent than the emissions performance that is achieved in practice by the best
- controlled similar source. A variability analysis similar to that used for existing sources was then performed to calculate a 99 percent UPL using the test data from the top source in each product type . For this source category, we calculate that the UPL MACT floor limit for new sources is 163 μg/dscm for FeMn and 5 μg/dscm for SiMn . The next step in establishing MACT standards is the BTF analysis. In this step, we inves tigate other mechanisms for further reducing HAP emissions that are more stringent than the MACT floor level of control in order to “require the maximum degree of reduction in emissions” of HAP. In setting such standards, section 112(d)(2) requires the Age ncy to consider the cost of achieving the additional emission reductions, any non
air quality health and environmental impacts, and energy requirements. Historically, these factors have included factors such as solid waste impacts of a control, effects of emissions on bodies of water, as well as the energy impacts.
c. Beyond the Floor Analysis for Existing Sources . As described below, we considered beyond the floor (BTF) control options to further reduce emissions of mercury. The beyond the floor mercury control options were developed assuming*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **115** of **281** sub
- categorization of furnace melting operations into ferromanganese production operations and silicomanganese production operations , and installing activated carbon injection technology (ACI) with brominated carbon to control mercury emissions . The BTF mercury limits would be based on the estimated mercury emission reduction that can be achieved through the use of ACI and brominated carbon. The bromine in the activated carbon can oxidize elemental mercury (Hg 0 ) to oxidized mercury (Hg +2 ). The oxidized mercury is then suitable for capture on the activated carbon sorbent or further reacts with the bromine to produce mercuric bromide (HgBr 2 ). Both the oxidized mercury and the mercuric bromide can be removed using a PM control device. It is generally accepte d that the installation of ACI in conjunction with a fabric filter achieves at least 90 percent reduction of mercury. 37 All of the three furnaces at Felman and one of the two furnaces at Eramet (Furnace #1) are equipped with a fabric filter system to reduc e PM . The other furnace at Eramet (Furnace #12) controls PM using a wet venturi scrubber. L imited data are available for the mercury reduction of ACI with a venturi scrubber system , but we identified one study conducted by the

37 S argent & Lundy, IPM Model

– Revisions to Cost and Performance for APC Technologies, Mercury Control Cost Development, Final, March 2013.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **116** of **281** Minnesota Taconite Mercury Co ntrol Advisory Committee that evaluated mercury reductions from particulate scrubber systems and ACI. 38 In 2011, a field trial was conducted at Hibbing Taconite to demonstrate the effectiveness of brominated ACI in controlling mercury emissions from a tacon ite facilit y . The trial of the brominated ACI system was conducted in September and October 2011, and i t was determined that 75 percent Hg removal could be achieved with a b rominated ACI rate of about 3 lb/MMacf (126 lb/hr). This 75 percent mercury reduction was demonstrated during a two -week continuous injection run. The project also noted that better mercury removal results could be achieved with improved sorbent distribution . Therefore, it is expected that the retrofit of ACI on the furnaces controlled by a scrubber would achieve at least 50 percent additional mercury reduction beyond the level of control that the scrubber is currently achieving . Because of the lower potential mercury reduction s expected for brominated carbo n ACI and a venturi scrubber ( compared to the reductions that would be achieved with use of ACI with fabric filters ) , we decided that a reduction percentage of 50 percent should be used in establishing the BTF mercury emissions limit to ensure that the limit c ould be

38 Michael E Berndt, Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, Division of Lands and Minerals, Minnesota Taconite Mercu ry Control Advisory Committee: Summary of Phase One Research Results (2010
- 2012) , November 29, 2012. http://files.dnr.state.mn.us/lands_minerals/reclamation/berndt_2012_final.pdf

.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **117** of **281** achieved with brominated ACI on both furnaces at all times during FeMn production . Therefore, the BTF limit for FeMn production for existing sources is calculated to be 8 2 μg/dscm. We estimated the capital costs, annualized costs, emissions reductions , and cost effectiveness for the BTF limits for FeMn and SiMn production sources . The details regarding how these limits were derived , and the estimated costs and expected reductions of mercury emissions by installing ACI controls, are provided i n the Mercury Control Options and Impacts for the Ferroalloys Production Industry document which is available in the docket . Regarding the BTF control option for existing sources that produce ferromanganese , we estimated the costs and reductions based on the installation of ACI on Furnace s 1 and 12 at Eramet with operation only during the production of ferromanganese, and a polishing baghouse on Furnace 1. Other costs include labor, materials, and waste disposal. The emissions and annual cost for this BTF control option are based on the assumption that both furnaces at Eramet produce ferromanganese 50 percent of the time annually and produce SiMn the other 50 percent of the year. We b ased this reasonable assumption on available information regarding product ion patterns for the 2 products at Eramet. The estimated mercury reduction that would be achieved at Furnace 1*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **118** of **281** at Eramet (which is currently controlled with a baghouse) is assumed to be 90 percent based on the installation of ACI and a new polishing baghou se. Regarding furnace 12 at Eramet (which is currently controlled with a wet venturi scrubber), the mercury reductions that would be achieved with brominated ACI are assumed to be 50 percent. Under this option (i.e., beyond the floor controls for FeMn production) we estimate the capital costs would be about $30 million, annualized costs of about $3.3 million, and would achieve about 191 pounds per year of reductions in mercury emissions, which results in estimated cost - effectiveness of about $17,600 per pound. All the costs and reductions would be at Eramet since Eramet is the only facility that produces FeMn. As described in more detail below, we believe these BTF controls for mercury for FeMn production are feasible for the Ferroalloys Production source ca tegory from a technical standpoint and are cost effective. As described in Section V.E., we believe reductions of 191 pounds per year of mercury will provide significant benefits to human health and the environment. We also evaluated possible BTF controls for existing SiMn production sources, which have much lower mercury emissions as compared to FeMn production. We estimated that the BTF option for SiMn would achieve an additional 60 pounds/year reductions,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **119** of **281** and that the cost
- effectiveness would be about $ 109,000 per pound of mercury reduced for SiMn production, which we conclude is not cost
- effective as a BTF option. Furthermore, based on our economic analyses, we believe that the Felman facility could be at potential risk of closure under this option, esp ecially given that these costs would be in addition to the costs for controlling fugitive HAP metals emissions (such as Mn, As, Ni, and Cd). Therefore, we are not proposing BTF limits for mercury for SiMn production. Based on all our analyses of BTF controls for existing
sources , we identified two main options for existing sources that we believe warrant further consideration. The two main options for existing sources are as follows:

 Option 1 for existing sources :
o Propose mercury limits based on the MACT Floor for each of the product types (ferromanganese, silicomanganese) for existing furnaces ;

 Option 2 for existing sources :
o Propose BTF mercury limits for existing ferromanganese production furnaces ; and
o Propose MACT Floor mercury limits for exist ing silicomanganese production furnaces.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **120** of **281** The costs and reductions for Control Option 1 were estimated to be zero because we conclude that the facilities would be able to meet the mercury limits under option 1 with their current furnace controls. The costs for Option 2 (i.e., beyond the floor controls for FeMn production ) are described above, and are summarized in Table 3. However, to reduce the compliance costs for Option 2, we believe that Eramet could potentially decide to produce FeMn in only one furnace, and if so, would only need to install ACI for 1 furnace. If so, the costs for Eramet to comply with Option 2 would be significantly lower. Depending on which furnace Erame t chose to use for FeMn, the estimated capital costs would be $4.3 million to $25.8 million and the annualized costs would be $800,000 to $2.5 million if Eramet permanently use d only one of their two furnaces for FeMn production . This option would reduce p roduction flexibility, but would allow Eramet to avoid significant emissions control costs. Cost
-minimization would be particularly significant if Eramet designated Furnace 1 for silicomanganese only, thereby avoiding the need for both ACI and a polishing baghouse. However, we realize there may be production issues, or other issues, with this approach, and therefore for our cost impacts analysis of Option 2 we have assumed brominated ACI would be needed for both furnaces.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **121** of **281** Nevertheless, we are seeking comments on the viability and potential for the facility to limit production of FeMn to one furnace. A summa ry of the costs and reductions for the two main Mercury Control Options for existing sources are presented in Table 3 .

**Table 3**  **. Summary of the Estimated Costs and Reductions for the**  **Two Main Mercury Control Options**  **for Existing Sources Mercury Control**  **Op tion**  **Hg Emission Reductions**  **(lb/yr) Total** 

**Capital Cost**  **($2012) Total** 

**Annual Cost**  **($/year) Overall** 

**Cost Effectivene**  **ss ($/lb)** Option 1

– MACT Floor limits for FeMn and SiMn Production 0 $0 $0
----- Option 2

– B TF limit for FeMn Production ; and MACT Floor limit for SiMn Production 191 $30,195,970 $3,357,000 $17,579

We believe the cost effectiveness of option 2 for existing sources as described above (i.e., b eyond the floor limit for existing ferromanganese production sources and MACT Floor limit for existing silicomanganese production sources ) of $17, 6 00/lb is reasonable. Furthermore, based on our economic analyses, we believe that these costs would not result in significant*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **122** of **281** economic impacts for the Eramet Marietta C orporation . Therefore,
we are propos ing option 2 (b eyond the floor for ferromanganese production and MACT Floor for silicomanganese production) for existing sources . We propose that these mercury controls under option 2 for existing sources are feasible for the Ferroalloys Production s ource category from a technical standpoint and are cost effective. This cost
- effectiveness ($17,600/lb) is in the range of the cost
- effectiveness for mercury control in previous MACT standards for mercury. The general range of costs for mercury controls fr om other MACT rules that have been based on BTF analyses has been about $11,000 to $42,000 per pound of mercury removed. However , i t is important to note that there is no bright line for determining cost
- effectiveness. Each rulemaking is different and various factors must be considered. Some of the other factors we consider when making decisions whether to establish standards beyond the floor under section 112(d)(2) include, but are not limited to , the following: total capital costs; annual costs; and c osts compared to total revenues (e.g., costs to revenue ratios). Based on our analyses, we believe it is appropriate to propose option 2 for mercury control for existing sources . However, we also realize these costs are not trivial for Eramet (esp e cially given that these costs would be in addition to the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **123** of **281** estimated costs for the proposed controls for fugitive emissions described in sections IV.C and IV.D) and that there may be some uncertainties in our economic analyses . In the event there is additional rel evant information available that we have not yet received , regarding the economic impacts of this Option 2 , we will reassess the economic impacts . Therefore, anticipating the potential scenario where we receive substantial information that indicate s that Option 2 is not feasible or cost - effective , we are also proposing as a less favored alternative Option 1 (i.e., mercury emissions limits at the MACT floor level of control) for existing sources . d. Beyond the Floor Analysis for New and Reconstructed Sources . Regarding BTF controls for new or major reconstructed furnaces, we believe such sources would be constructed to include a baghouse as the primary PM control device (in order to comply with the proposed lower new source limit s for PM) and then they could add ACI after the baghouse for mercury control along with a polishing baghouse, and would achieve at least 90 percent reduction. Therefore, the BTF limit for new FeMn production sources is calculated to be 16 μg/dscm. Regarding SiMn, the BTF limit for new sources producing SiMn would be 1.2 μg/dscm.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **124** of **281** The estimated costs for beyond the floor controls for mercury for new and reconstructed sources are based on the costs of installing and operating brominated ACI and a polishing baghouse. Based on this, we estima te that the cost effectiveness of BTF controls for a new and major reconstructed FeMn production source would be about $12,000/lb. Therefore, we conclude that BTF controls would be cost
- effective and feasible for any new or major reconstructed furnace that produces FeMn . Therefore we are proposing a limit of 16 μg/dscm for new or major reconstructed furnaces that produce FeMn. However, for a new SiMn production source, the cost effectiveness would be at least $51,000/lb. Therefore, we believe BTF controls for new SiMn production sources would not be cost
- effective. Furthermore, f or SiMn production, as described above, the new source MACT floor limit is already low (i.e., 5 μg/dscm). Therefore we are proposing an emissions limit of 5 μg/dscm for new or major reconstructed SiMn production furnaces based on the new source MACT Floor . e. Proposed Controls for Existing, New, and Reconstructed Sources . B ased on the results of all our analyses for existing, new and reconstructed sources , and after considering the estimated costs and reductions of the possible options for existing, new*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **125** of **281** and reconstructed sources , and realizing there may be uncertainties or additional information that we should consider, we are proposing two options for the supplemental proposal for
mercury control , as described in the following bullet points and as shown in table 4 :

 Option 1:
o Propose mercury limits based on the MACT Floor (UPL) for each product type (ferromanganese, silicomanganese) for existing furnaces;
o Propose BTF limits for mercur y for new and reconstructed FeMn production furnaces;
o Propose mercury limits for new and reconstructed SiMn production furnaces based on the MACT Floor.

 Option 2:
o Propose BTF mercury limits for existing, new and reconstructed ferromanganese production furnaces.
o Propose mercury limits for existing, new and reconstructed silicomanganese production furnaces based on the MACT Floors .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **126** of **281 Table**  **4 . Summary of the Proposed Mercury Control Option Limits**  **(μg/dscm) from the Furnace Melting Process es** 
**Mercury Control Option**  **FeMn Produc** **** **tion (existing**  **sources) FeMn** 

**Produc****** **tion (new and recon**  **** **structed sources)**  **SiMn**

**Produc****** **tion (existing**  **sources) SiMn** 

**Production (new and**  **recon**   ** structed** **sources) Option 1:**  MACT Floor limits for FeMn and SiMn existing sources; BTF limit for new FeMn sources; and MACT floor limit for new and reconstructed SiMn sources 163 16 12 5
**Option 2:** B TF limits for new and existing FeMn sources ; and MACT floor limits for new and existing SiMn sources 82 16 12 5
In summary, we are proposing two options for mercury control (as shown in table 4 and described in the text above) for existing, new and reconstructed sources . However, we have a preference for Option 2 because , based on our analys i s, we believe Option 2 i s feasible and cost
- effective. Nevertheless, we are seeking comments and other data and information regarding the appropriateness of promulgating Option 1 or Option 2 for mercury control. We are especially interested in comments regarding the costs, effec tiveness, and other economic factors for each of these options. As mentioned above,
s ome of the factors we consider when making these decisions whether to establish standards beyond the floor under section 112(d)(2) include, but are not limited to , the following: total capital costs; annual costs; and costs compared to total*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **127** of **281** revenues (e.g., costs to revenue ratios). Other factors besides cost are also considered into our decision. For example, whether the standards significantly impact one or more small businesses ( Note: neither Eramet nor Felman are considered small businesses under the definitions included in the Small Business Administration’s regulations at 13 CFR 121.201) , whether the controls would significantly impact production, and whether, and to what extent, the controls result in adverse impacts to other media (e.g., hazardous waste issues). 2. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) As described above, we obtained significant, additional data on PAH emissions from the two ferroalloys pr oduction facilities since the 2011 proposal. In particular, we obtained data from each furnace and for each product type ( FeMn and SiMn ). We used the resulting data set to re - evaluate the MACT floor limits and BTF options. For more information on this anal ysis, see Revised MACT Floor Analysis for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket. As in the case of the mercury analysis , our results show that there is a significant difference in PAH emissions during FeMn production as compared to SiMn production. Furthermore, similar to mercury, we conclude that this difference is due to significant differences in the recipe and input materials for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **128** of **281** FeMn compared to SiMn production . Therefore, we determined that it would be appropriate to have two subcategories for PAH emissions and establish separate MACT limits for each of these two subcategories. The UPL results for these data sets using a 99 percent confidence level were determined to be 1,365 μg/dscm for FeMn producti on and 111 μg/dscm for SiMn production and were determined to be the MACT floor limits for existing furnace sources for these two subcategories. At these levels, we expect neither source would need to install additional controls to meet the emission limits . To calculate the MACT floor for new furnaces, the “best performing source” for FeMn production and SiMn production was determined by ranking the sources based on the test data for each source. The source with the lowest emissions for each of the subcategories would be established as the “best performing source,” and the 99 percent UPL of that source would be determined to be the MACT floor limit for new sources. For FeMn, Furnace 12 at Eramet was determined to be the best performing source, and the 99 percent UPL for that source is 875 μg/dscm and was chosen as the new source MACT Floor limit for PAHs for FeMn production. For SiMn, Furnace 7 at Felman was determined to be the best performing source, and the 99 percent UPL for that*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **129** of **281** source is 72 μg/dscm and was chosen as the new source MACT Floor limit for PAHs for SiMn production. The current PM controls on both facilities capture some of PAH emissions. Nevertheless, we also considered BTF options for control of PAH emissions based on the additional reductions that could be achieved via control with ACI . Based on information from carbon vendors, an activated carbon system that is designed to achieve up to 90 percent reduction in mercury emissions should also achieve significant reductions in PAH with no additional costs. Therefore, if we promulgated BTF limits for mercury, we would achieve reductions in PAHs as a co
-benefit. However, significant uncertai nti es remain regarding the percent of reductions in PAHs that would be achi eved with ACI. One study 39 found that ACI can achieve 74
- 91 percent reduction in PAH emissions depending on the concentration of activated carbon in the flue gas. Based on this information, we assume that ACI probably can achieve 75 percent reduction in PAH emissions from the furnace . Therefore, for our analysis of BTF options , we
assume d an ACI system can achieve 75 percent reduction of PAH emissions from the furnace exhaust. Based on this assumption, p ossible BTF limits for PAHs would be 342 μg/dscm for FeMn

39 Hong - Cang Zhou, Zhao
- Ping Zhong, Bao
- Sheng Jin, Ya
- Ji Huang, and Rui Xiao, Experimental study on the removal of PAHs using in
- duct activated carbon injection, Chemosphere, November 17, 2004.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **130** of **281** production furnaces, and 28 μg/dscm for SiMn production furnaces. The estimated capit a l and annualized costs to achieve these BTF PAH limits are the same costs as those shown for mercury in the mercury control options memorandum. For FeMn production, the capital cost was calculated to be $30.2 million and the annual cost was calculated to be $3. 4 million and would only apply to the furnaces at Eramet , and the estimated PAH reductions would be 2.35 tons per year , which results in cost
e f fectiveness of $ 1.4 million per ton of PAH . The capital cost for a beyond the floor PAH option for SiMn and FeMn production was calculated to be $ 41.7 million with an annual cost of $ 6.9 million , and the estimated PAH reductions would be 4.0 tons per year , which results i n cost - effectiveness of $ 1.7 million per ton , which we conclude is not cost - effective for PAHs. Given the uncertainties regarding the percent of PAH reductions that can be achieved with ACI, and since the cost
- effectiveness is relatively high for this HAP, we are not proposing BTF limits for PAHs. Instead, we have determined that it is appropriate to propose PAH limits based on the MACT Floor level of control, therefore we are proposing a MACT limit of 1,365 μg/dscm for PAHs for existing FeMn production furnaces and 875 μg/dscm for PAHs for new and reconstructed FeMn production furnaces, and we are proposing a MACT floor limit of 111 μg/dscm for PAHs for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **131** of **281** existing SiMn production furnaces, and 72 μg/dscm for PAHs for
new and reconstructed SiMn production furn aces. **Table 5. Proposed Emissions Limits (μg/dscm) for PAHs from the Furnace Melting Processes** 
**FeMn Produc****** **tion (existing**  **sources) FeMn Produc** ****

**tion (new and recon**  **** **structed sources)**  **SiMn**

**Produc****** **tion (existing**  **sources) SiMn** 

**Production (new and**  **recon -** **structed sources)**  **Proposed Emissions Limits for PAHs**  1365 875 111 72 3. Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) Like mercury and PAH, we obtained additional HCl test data since proposal. However, more than half the test results ( 20 of the 36 test runs ) showed that emissions were below the detection limit . This situation required the use of additional statistical analysis, as described in the Revised MACT Floor Analysis for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category document , which is available in the doc ket. We determined the data set for HCl concentrations from the furnace outlet s has a non - normal distribution . The non
- normal distribution of the data is a result of the mix of analytical results reported above and below the detection limit and is not due to the type of product being produced ( FeMn or SiMn ) in the furnace. Therefore, for HCL we are not establishing subcategories based on product . An equation for log
- normally distributed data was used to determine the UPL of the HCl data set for both FeMn an d SiMn production combined .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **132** of **281** The UPL for the log
- normal data set was calculated to be 1,028 μg/dscm. Because more than half of the data set were reported below the detection limit , using EPA procedures, three times the representative method detection level ( RDL ) for HCl (180 μg/dscm), was compared to the calculated UPL . The calculated UPL was higher and , thus , was selected as the MACT floor limit for existing furnaces. At this level, we expect neither source would need to install controls to meet the emission limits. To calculate the HCl MACT floor for new furnaces, the “best performing source” was determined by ranking the sources by the average emissions and the 9 9 percent UPL for each source. Based on this evaluation, furnace 5 at Felman was determined to be the best performing source for HCl. The MACT floor calculation for new sources was determined to be 108 μg/dscm, which is the 9 9 percent UPL for furnace 5. However, th is UPL value is less than three times the RDL (180 μg/dscm) and, therefore, 18 0 μg/dscm was selected as the MACT floor limit for new furnaces. No facilities in the source category use add
- on control devices or work practices to limit emissions of HCl beyond what is normally achieved as co
- control of the emissions with particulate matter control device. Also, as explained above, there are a significant number of non
- detects for HCl. Thus, emissions are already low. Nevertheless, we evaluated possible*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **133** of **281** beyond the floor options to further reduce HCl to ensure our analyses were complete . The BTF analyses are described in the Revised MACT Floor Analysis for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category document which is available in the docket. We did not identify any appropriate BTF options for HCl. G iven the low emissions of HC l and the results of our analys e s, we are not propo s ing beyond the floor limits for HC l . Therefore, in this supplemental proposal, we are propos ing emission limits for HC l of 1,028 μg/dscm for existing sources and 180 μg/dscm for new or reconstructed furnaces, which are at the level of the MACT floor s . **Table 6. Proposed Emissions Limits (μg/dscm) for HCl from the Furnace Melting Processes**  **FeMn and SiMn Produc**   ** tion (existin****g sources) FeMn and SiMn Produc** **** **tion (new and recon**   ** structed sources)** **Proposed Emissions Limits for HCl**  1028 180

B. What are the results of the risk assessment and analyses ? 1. Inhalation Risk Assessment Results Table 7 of this preamble provides an overall summary of the results of the inhalation risk assessment.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **134** of **2 81**  **Table 7**  **. Ferroalloys Production Source Category Inhalation Risk Assessment Results**  **Maximum Individual**  **Cancer Risk (**  **- in** **- 1 million)**  **a Estimated**  **Population at Increased Risk**  **Levels of Cancer**  **Estimated**

**Annual Cancer Incidence**  **(cases per year)**  **Maximum**

**Chronic Non** **- cancer**  **TOSHI b**  **Maximum**

**Screening Acute Non**  **** **cancer HQ c**  Actual Emissions

20 ≥ 1

- in
- 1

million: 31,000 ≥ 10

- in
- 1 million: 400 ≥ 100

- in
- 1 million: 0 0.002 4 HQ REL = 20 (Nickel Compounds)

Allowable Emissions d

100 ≥ 1

- in
- 1

million: 94,000 ≥ 10

- in
- 1 million: 2,500 ≥ 100

- in
- 1 million: 0 0.005 40
-

a Estimated maximum individual excess lifetime cancer risk due to HAP emissions from the source category. b Maximum TOSHI. The target organ with the highest TOSHI for the Ferroalloys Production source category for both actual and allowable emissions is the neurological system. The estimated population at increased levels of noncancer hazard is 1,500 based on actual emissions and 11,000 based on allowable emissions. c The maximum off
- site HQ acute value of 20 for actuals is driven by emissions of nickel. See Section III.A.3 of this notice for explanation of acute dose
response values. Acute assessments are not performed on allowable emissions. d The development of allowable emission estimates can be found in the memo entitled Revised Draft Development of the RTR Emissions Dataset for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is available in the docket . The inhalation risk modeling performed to estimate risks based on actual and allowable emissions relied primarily on emissions data from the ICRs. The results of the chronic baseline inhalation cancer risk assessment indicate that, based on estimates of cu rrent actual emissions, the maximum individual*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **135** of **281** lifetime cancer risk (MIR) posed by the ferroalloys production source category is 20
- in
- 1 million, with chromium compounds, PAHs, and nickel compounds from tapping fugitives, furnace fugitives, and a furnace a ccounting for 70 percent of the MIR. The total estimated cancer incidence from ferroalloys production sources based on actual emission levels is 0.002 excess cancer cases per year or one case every 500 years, with emissions of PAH, chromium compounds, and cadmium compounds contributing 42 percent, 18 percent, and 15 percent, respectively, to this cancer incidence. In addition, we note that approximately 400 people are estimated to have cancer risks greater than or equal to 10
- in
- 1 million, and approximately 31,000 people are estimated to have risks greater than or equal to 1
- in
- 1 million as a result of actual emissions from this source category. When considering MACT
- allowable emissions, the maximum individual lifetime cancer risk is estimated to be up to 10 0
- in
1 million, driven by emissions of arsenic compounds and cadmium compounds from the MOR process baghouse outlet. The estimated cancer incidence is estimated to be 0.005 excess cancer cases per year or one excess case in every 200 years. Approximately 2 ,500 people were estimated to have cancer risks greater than or equal to 10
- in
- 1 million and approximately 94,000 people were estimated to have cancer risks greater than or equal to 1
- in
- 1*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **136** of **281** million considering allowable emissions from ferroalloys facilities . The maximum modeled chronic non
- cancer HI (TOSHI) value for the source category based on actual emissions was estimated to be 4 , with manganese emissions from tapping fugitives accounting for 93 percent of the HI. Approximately 1,500 people are estimat ed to have exposure to HI levels greater than 1 as a result of actual emissions from this source category. When considering MACT
- allowable emissions, the maximum chronic non
cancer TOSHI value was estimated to be 40, driven by allowable emissions of mangan ese from the MOR process baghouse outlet. Approximately 11,000 people are estimated to have exposure to HI levels greater than 1 considering allowable emissions from these ferroalloys facilities. 2. Acute Risk Results Our screening analysis for worst
- ca se acute impacts based on actual emissions indicates the potential for one pollutant

– nickel

– to exceed an HQ value of 1, with an estimated worst
case maximum HQ of 20 for nickel based on the REL value. Both facilities had estimated HQs for nickel greate r than 1, with the other facility having an HQ of 3 for nickel, based on the REL value.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **137** of **281** To better characterize the potential health risks associated with estimated worst
- case acute exposures to HAP from the source category at issue , and in response to a key recommendation from the SAB’s peer review of the EPA’s section 112(f) RTR risk assessment methodologies, we examine a wider range of available acute health metrics than we do for our chronic risk assessments. This is in acknowledgement that there are generally more data gaps and inconsistencies in acute reference values than there are in chronic reference values. By definition, the acute CalEPA REL represents a health
-protective level of exposure, with no risk anticipated below th ose levels, even for repeated exposures; however, the health risk from higher
- level exposures i s unknown. Therefore, when a CalEPA REL is exceeded and an AEGL
- 1 or ERPG
- 1 level is available (i.e., levels at which mild effects are anticipated in the general public for a single exposure), we have used them as a second comparative measure. Historically, comparisons of the estimated maximum off
- site 1
- hour exposure levels have not been typically made to occupational levels for the purpose of characterizing publ ic health risks in RTR assessments. This is because occupational ceiling values are not generally considered protective for the general public since they are designed to protect the worker population (presumed healthy adults) for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **138** of **281** short
- duration (less than 15
-minute) increases in exposure. As a result, for most chemicals, the 15
-minute occupational ceiling values are set at levels higher than a 1
- hour AEGL
- 1, making comparisons to them irrelevant unless the AEGL
- 1 or ERPG
- 1 levels are also exceeded. Such is not the case when comparing the available acute inhalation health effect reference values for one of the pollutants considered in this analysis. The worst
- case maximum estimated 1
- hour exposure to nickel compounds outside the facility fence line for the source category is 3. 4 μg/m3 . This estimated worst
- case exposure exceeds the 1
- hour REL by a factor o f 20 (HQREL=20). There are no AEGL, ERPG, or short
- term occupational values for nickel to use as a comparison to the acute 1
- hour REL value. All other HAP had worst
- case acute HQ values of 1 or less, indicating that they carry no potential to pose acute concerns. In characterizing the potential for acute non
- cancer impacts of concern, it is important to remember the upward bias of these exposure estimates (e.g., worst
- case meteorology coinciding with a person located at the point of maximum concentration during the hour) and to consider the results along with the conservative estimates used to develop peak hourly emissions as described earlier, as well as the screening methodology. Refer to the document titled Revised Draft Development of the RTR*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **139** of **281** Emissions Dataset for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category (which is available in the docket for this action) for a detailed description of how the hourly emissions were developed for this source category. 3. Multipathway Risk Screening Results Results of the worst
- case Tier I screening analysis indicate that PB
- HAP emissions (based on estimates of actual emiss ions) from one or both facilities in this source category exceed the screening emission rates for cadmium compounds, mercury compounds, dioxins, and PAH. For the compounds and facilities that did not screen out at Tier I, we conducted a Tier II screen. The Tier II screen replaces some of the assumptions used in Tier I with site
- specific data, including the land use around the facilities, the location of fishable lakes, and local wind direction and speed. The Tier II screen continues to rely on high
- end assumptions about consumption of local fish and locally grown or raised foods ( adult female angler at 99 th percentile consumption for fish 40 and 90 th percentile for consumption of locally grown or raised foods 41 ) and uses an assumption that the same individual c onsumes each of these foods in high end quantities (i.e., that an individual has

40 Burger, J. 2002. Daily consumption of wild fish and game: Exposures of high end recreationists. International Journal of Environmental Health Research 12:343
- 354 . 41 U.S. EPA. Exposure Factors Handbook 2011 Edition (Final). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC, EPA/600/R

- 09/052F, 20 11.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **140** of **281** high end ingestion rates for each food) . The result of this analysis was the development of site
- specific emission screening thresholds for each PB
- HAP. It is important to not e that, even with the inclusion of some site
- specific information in the Tier II analysis, the multi
-pathway screening analysis is still a very conservative, health
-protective assessment (e.g., upper
bound consumption of local fish, locally grown and/or ra ised foods) and in all likelihood will yield results that serve as an upper -bound multi
-pathway risk associated with a facility. While the screening analysis is not designed to produce a quantitative risk result, the factor by which the emissions exceed the threshold serves as a rough gauge of the “upper
limit” risks we would expect from a facility. Thus, for example, if a facility emitted a PB
- HAP carcinogen at a level 2 times the screening threshold, we can say with a high degree of confidence that the a ctual maximum cancer risks will be less than 2
- in
- 1 million. Likewise, if a facility emitted a noncancer PB
- HAP at a level 2 times the screening threshold, the maximum noncancer hazard would represent an HQ less than 2. The high degree of confidence comes from the fact that the screens are developed using the very conservative (health
-protective ) assumptions that we describe above.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **141** of **281** Based on the Tier II screening analysis, no facility emits cadmium compounds above the Tier II screening thresholds. One facil ity emits mercury compounds above the Tier II screening thresholds and exceeds that level by a factor of 9. Both facilities emit chlorinated dibenzodioxins and furans (CDDF) as 2,3,7,8
- tetrachlorodibenzo
-p - dioxin toxicity equivalent (TEQ) above the Tier II screening thresholds and the facility with the highest emissions of dioxins exceeds its Tier II screening threshold by a factor o f 20. Both facilities emit POM as benzo(a)pyrene TEQ above the Tier II screening thresholds, and the facility with the highest emissions exceeds its screening threshold by a factor of 20. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) are PB
- HAP that do not currently have multi
-pathway screening values and so are not evaluated for potential non
- inhalation risks. These HAP however, are not emitted in appreciable quantities ( estimated to be 0.00026 tpy) from the ferroalloys source category, and we do not believe they contribute to multi
-pathway risks for this source category. Results of the analysis for lead indicate that based on the baseline, actual emissions, the maximum annual off
- site ambient lead concentration was only 50 percent of the NAAQS for lead, and if the total annual emissions occurred during a 3
-month*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **142** of **281** period, the maximum 3
-month rolling average concentration s would exceed the NAAQS. However, as shown later in this preamble, based on emissions estimated for the post
- control scenario, the maximum annual off
- site ambient lead concentration was only 3 percent of the NAAQS for lead. If the total annual emissions
o ccurred during a 3
-month period, the maximum 3
-month rolling average concentrations would be about 12 percent of the NAAQS for lead, indicating that there is no concern for multi
-pathway risks due to lead emissions. 4. Environmental Risk Screening Results As described in section III.A , we conducted an environmental risk screening assessment for the ferroalloys source category. In the Tier I screening analysis for PB
- HAP the individual modeled Tier I concentrations for one facility in the source category ex ceeded some sediment, fish

– avian piscivorus, and surface soil benchmarks for PAHs, methylmercury, and mercuric chloride. Therefore, we conducted a Tier II assessment. In the Tier II screening analysis for PAHs and methylmercury none of the individual mo deled concentrations for any facility in the source category exceeded any of the ecological benchmarks (either the LOAEL or NOAEL). For mercuric chloride, soil benchmarks were exceeded for some individual modeled points that collectively accounted for 5 pe rcent of the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **143** of **281** modeled area. However, the weighted average modeled concentration for all soil parcels was well below the soil benchmarks. For HCl, each individual concentration (i.e., each off
- site data point in the modeling domain) was below the ecolo gical benchmarks for all facilities. The average modeled HCl concentration around each facility (i.e., the average concentration of all off
- site data points in the modeling domain) did not exceed any ecological benchmark. 5. Facility
-wide Risk Assessment Results For both facilities in this source category, there are no other HAP emissions sources present beyond those included in the source category. Therefore, we conclude that the facility
-wide risk is the same as the source category risk and that no separa te facility
-wide analysis is necessary. 6. Multipathway Refined Risk Results A refined multipathway analysis was conducted for one facility in this source category using the TRIM.Fate model. The facility, Eramet Marietta Incorporated, in Marietta, Ohio, was selected based upon its close proximity to nearby lakes and farms as well as having the highest potential multipathway risks for three of the four PB
- HAP based on the Tier II analysis. These three PB
- HAP were cadmium, mercury, and PAHs. (Even though*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **144** of **281**
ne ither facility exceeded the Tier II screening threshold for cadmium, Eramet had the higher value.) Eramet also emits dioxins, but the other facility had a higher exceedance of the Tier II screening threshold value. The refined analysis was conducted on all four PB
- HAP. The refined analysis for this facility showed that the Tier II screen for each pollutant over
predicted the potential risk when compared to the refined analysis results. Overall, the refined analysis predicts a potential lifetime cancer risk of 10
- in
- 1 million to the maximum most exposed individual from dioxins and PAHs . The non
- cancer HQ is predicted to be below 1 for cadmium compounds and 1 for mercury compounds. Further details on the refined multipathway analysis can be found in Appendix 10 of the Draft Residual Risk Assessment for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category , which is avail ab l e in the docket. 7. Demographic Analysis Results To examine the potential for any environmental justice (EJ) issues that might be associated with the source category, we performed a demographic analysis of the population close to the facilities. In this analysis, we evaluated the distribution of HAP - related cancer risks and non
- cancer hazards from the ferroalloys production source category across different social,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **145** of **281** demographic, and economic groups within the populations living near facilities identified as having the highest risks. The methodology and the results of the demograph ic analyses are included in a technical report, Risk and Technology Review

– Analysis of Socio
- Economic Factors for Populations Living Near Ferroalloys Facilities , which is available in the docket for this action. The results of the demographic analysis a re summarized in Table 8 below. These results, for various demographic groups, are based on the estimated risks from actual emissions levels for the population living within 50 km of the facilities. TABLE 8 . Ferroalloys Production Demographic Risk Analys is Results

Nationwide Population with

Cancer Risk at or Above 1
- in
- 1 Million Population with

Chronic Hazard Index Above 1 Total Population 312,861,265 31,283 1,521 Race by Percent White 72 96 99 All Other Races 28 4 1 Race by Percent White 72 96 99 African American 13 1 0 Native American 1 0 0 Other and Multiracial 14 2 1 Ethnicity by Percent Hispanic 17 1 1 Non - Hispanic 83 99 99*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **146** of **281** Income by Percent Below Poverty Level 14 15 7 Above Poverty Level 86 85 93 Education by Percent Over 25 and without High School Diploma 15 11 11 Over 25 and with a High School Diploma 85 89 89

The results of the ferroalloys production source category demographic analysis indicate that emissions from the source category expose approximately 31,000 people to a cancer risk at or above 1
- in
- 1 million and approximately 1,500 people to a chronic non
- c ancer TOSHI greater than 1 (we note that many of those in the first risk group are the same as those in the second). The percentages of the at
- risk population in each demographic group (except for White and non
- Hispanic) are similar to or lower than their respective nationwide percentages. Implementation of the provisions included in this proposal is expected to significantly reduce the number of people estimated to have a cancer risk greater than 1
- in
- 1 million due to HAP emissions from these sources from 31,000 people to about 6,600 people. Implementation of the provisions included in the proposal also is expected to reduce the number*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **147** of **281** of people estimated to have a chronic non
- cancer TOSHI greater than 1 from 1,500 people to no people with a TOSHI greater than 1. C. What are our proposed decisions regarding risk acceptability , ample margin of safety and adverse environmental effects based on our revised analyses ? 1. Risk Acceptability As noted in Section II.A.1 of this preamble, the EPA sets standards under CAA Section 112(f)(2) using “a two
- step standard
- setting approach, with an analytical first step to determine an ‘acceptable risk’ that considers all health information, including risk estimation uncertainty, and includes a presumptive limit on maximum individual lifetime risk (MIR) of approximately 1 in 10 thousand [ 42 ] .” (54 FR 38045, September 14, 1989). In this proposal, the EPA estimated risks based on both actual and allowable emissions from ferroalloy facilities. In determining acceptability, we considered risks based on both actual and allowable emissions. a. Estimated Risks from Actual Emissions The baseline inhalation cancer risk to the individual most exposed to emissions from sources regulated by ferroalloys

42 1
- in
- 10 thousand is equivalent to 100
- in
- 1 million. The EPA currently describes cancer risks as ‘n
- in
- 1 million.’*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **148** of **281** source category is 20
- in
- 1 millio n based on actual emissions. The estimated incidence of cancer due to inhalation exposures is 0.002 excess cancer cases per year, or 1 case every 500 years. Approximately 31,000 people face an increased cancer risk greater than 1
- in
- 1 million due to inhala tion exposure to actual HAP emissions from these source categories, and approximately 400 people face an increased risk greater than 10
- in
- 1 million and up to 20
- in
- 1 million. The agency estimates that the maximum chronic non
- cancer TOSHI from inhalation e xposure is 4, with manganese emissions from tapping fugitives accounting for a large portion (93 percent) of the HI. The Tier II multipathway screening analysis of actual emissions indicated the potential for PAH emissions that are about 20 times the scre ening level for cancer, dioxin emissions that are about 20 times the cancer threshold and mercury emissions that are 9 times above threshold for non
- cancer. As noted above, the Tier II multipathway screen is conservative in that it incorporates many health
-protective assumptions. For example, the EPA chooses inputs from the upper end of the range of possible values for the influential parameters used in the Tier II screen and assumes that the exposed individual exhibits ingestion behavior that would lead to a high total exposure. A Tier II exceedance cannot be equated*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **149** of **281** with a risk value or a HQ or HI. Rather, it represents a high
end estimate of what the risk or hazard may be. For example, an exceedance of 2 for a non
- carcinogen can be interpreted to mean that we have high confidence that the HI would be lower than 2. Similarly, an exceedance of 30 for a carcinogen means that we have high confidence that the risk is lower than 30
- in
- 1
- million. Confidence comes from the conservative, or health
protective, ass umptions that are used in the Tier II screen. The refined multipathway analysis that the EPA conducted for one specific facility showed that the Tier II screen for each pollutant over
-predicted the potential risk when compared to the refined analysis resul ts. That refined multipathway assessment showed that the Tier II screen resulted in estimated risks that are higher than the risks estimated by the refined analysis by 3 times for PAH, 2 times for dioxins, 6 times for cadmium. The HQ for mercury went from 9 in Tier II to 1. The screening assessment of worst
- case acute inhalation impacts from baseline actual emissions indicates the potential for nickel to exceed an HQ value of 1, with an estimated worst
case maximum acute HQ of 20 based on the REL values. C onsidering the conservative, health
-protective nature of the approach that is used to develop these acute estimates, it is highly unlikely that an individual would have an acute exposure above the REL.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **150** of **281** Specifically, the analysis is based on the assumption that worst - case emissions and meteorology would coincide with a person being at the exact location of maximum impact for a period of time long enough to have an exposure level above the conservative REL value. The fact that the facilities in this
source ca tegory are not located in areas that naturally lead to people being near the fence line for periods of time, we conclude that the exposure scenario used in the screening assessment would be extremely unlikely to actually occur. b. Estimated Risks from Allowable Emissions The EPA estimates that the baseline inhalation cancer risk to the individual most exposed to emissions from sources regulated by the ferroalloys source category is up to 100
- in
- 1 million based on allowable emissions, with arsenic and cadmium driving the risks. The EPA estimates that the incidence of cancer due to inhalation exposures could be up to 0.005 excess cancer cases per year, or 1 case approximately every 200 years. About 94,000 people face an increased cancer risk greater than 1
- in
- 1 million due to inhalation exposure to allowable HAP emissions from these source categories, and approximately 2,500 people face an increased risk greater than 10
- in
- 1 million and up to 100
- in
- 1 million.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **151** of **281** The risk assessment estimates that the maximum chro nic non
cancer TOSHI from inhalation exposure values is up to 40, driven by allowable manganese emissions. Approximately 11,000 people are estimated to have exposure to HI levels greater than 1. c. Acceptability Determination In determining whether risks a re acceptable for this source category, the EPA considered all available health information and risk estimation uncertainty as described above. The risk results indicate that both the actual and allowable inhalation cancer risks to the individual most exp osed are up to but no greater than approximately 100

– in
- 1 million, which is the presumptive limit of acceptability. The MIR based on actual emissions is 20
- in
- 1 million, well below the presumptive limit. The maximum chronic non
- cancer results show
an excee dance of the human health value for manganese, in this case the MRL, by a factor of approximately 4, for actual emissions and up to a factor of approximately 40 based on allowable emissions. The noncancer hazard is driven by manganese emissions. Neither the acute risk nor the risks from the multipathway assessment were above levels of concern, however the EPA does note that the multipathway result for mercury was at the level of the RfD.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **152** of **281** The EPA proposes that the risks are unacceptable for the following reasons. First, the EPA considered the fact that the noncancer hazard ranges from 4 to 40 for actual and allowable emissions. The EPA has not established under section 112 of the CAA a numerical range for acceptability as it has with carcinogens, nor has it determined that there is a bright line above which acceptability is denied. However, the Agency has established that, as exposure increases, confidence that the public is being protected against adverse health effects decreases, and the likelihood that an effect will occur increases. For the ferroalloys source category, the potential for members of the public to be faced with an exposure from manganese of up to 40 times the MRL reduces the Agency’s confidence that the public is protected from adverse health effects, and diminishes the Agency’s ability to determine that such exposures are acceptable. Second, the EPA considered the fact that the cancer risk estimate for actual emissions is 20
- in
- 1 million and up to 100
- in
- 1 million for allowable emissions. Wh ile 20
- in
- 1 million is well within the acceptable range, risks from allowable emissions are at the upper end of the range of acceptability. This , combined with the fact that the noncancer hazard is up to 40 times the MRL, and the refined multipathway HQ fo r mercury is at the RfD, leads the agency to the conclusion*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **153** of **281** that in total the risks from this source category are unacceptable. 2. Proposed Controls to Address Risks a. Stack Emissions In order to ensure that the risks associated with this source cate gory are acceptable, we evaluated the potential to reduce MACT
- allowable stack emissions, which had resulted in a cancer MIR based on allowable emissions of 100
- in
- 1 million, primarily due to allowable stack emissions of arsenic and cadmium , and contribute d significantly to the chronic noncancer TOSHI (based on allowable emissions) of 40 , primarily due to allowable stack emissions of manganese. Our analysis determined that we could lower the existing particulate matter emission limits by approximately 50 pe rcent for furnace stack emissions, by 80 percent for crushing and screening stack emissions and by 98 percent for the metal oxygen refining (MOR) process. As explained above, the MOR is a major driver of the allowable risks. Therefore, by lowering the MOR limit by 98 percent, this results in a large reduction in the allowable risks. For the reasons described above, under the authority of CAA section 112(f)(2), we propose particulate matter emission limits for the stacks at the following levels: 4 mg/dscm for new or reconstructed electric arc furnaces, and 2 7 mg/dscm for existing*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **154** of **281** electric arc furnaces . In the 2011 proposal, we proposed a limit of 3.9 mg/dscm for any new, reconstructed or existing MOR process, and 13 mg/dscm for any new, reconstruct ed or existing crushing and screening equipment. We believe sources can achieve the limits we are proposing today with existing controls. These emissions limits will substantially reduce potential risks due to allowable emissions from the stacks. We propos e that compliance for existing sources will be demonstrated by annual stack testing and installation and operation of bag leak detection systems for both new and existing sources that have baghouses . b. Process Fugitive Emissions Sources Process fugi tive sources are partially controlled by the existing MACT rule via a shop building opacity standard; however, that standard was only intended to address tapping process fugitives generated under “normal” tapping process operating conditions. Casting and c rushing and screening process fugitives in the furnace building were not included. Under the authority of section 112 of the Act, which allows the use of measures to enclose systems or processes to eliminate emissions and measures to collect, capture or tr eat such pollutants when released from a process, stack, storage, or fugitive emissions point, we evaluated options to achieve improved emissions*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **155** of **281** capture. In the 2011 proposal, we proposed full
- enclosure with negative pressure and viewed local capture as n ot being an appropriate method of risk reduction . However, based on comments and other information gathered since the 2011 proposal, and after further review and analyses of available information, we reevaluated whether the necessary risk reduction could b e accomplished by an alternative approach to control fugitive emissions b a sed on enhanced local capture of emissions. This control approach would include a combination of primary and secondary hoods that effectively capture process fugitive emissions and vents those emissions to PM control devices. The secondary capture would include hooding at the roof
- lines whereby remaining fugitives are collected and vented to control devices . As described further under the technology review section of this preamble , th is approach ( based on enhanced local capture and control of process fugitives, using primary and secondary hoods ) , will effectively reduce process fugitive emissions . We conclude that this approach will achieve substant ial reductions of process fugitive emissions (approximately 95 percent capture and control of fugitive emissions) , and will also substantially reduce the estimated risks due to these emissions . Therefore, under section 112(f) of the CAA we are prop osing this control option that is based on*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **156** of **281** enhanced capture of fugitive emissions using primary hoods (that capture process fugitive emissions near the source) and secondary capture of fugitives (which would capture remaining fugitive emissions near the roof
- line ) and includes a tight opacity limit of 6 percent to ensure fugitives are effectively captured and controlled. We are proposing that the facilities in this source category must install and maintain a process fugitives capture system that is designed to c apture and control 95 percent or more of the process fugitive emissions. This is the same exact control approach described in more detail under the technology review section of today’s notice , and the same control approach that we are proposing under Section 112(d)(6) of the Act, as described below . We estimate that this control approach will achieve about 95 percent capture of process fugitive emissions and will achieve about 7 5 tpy reduction in HAP metals emissions , and will substantially reduce risks due to process fugitive emissions . We con clude that a chieving these reductions is the level of control needed to address the risk s due to HAP emissions from the source category . c. Results of the Post
- control Risk Assessment The results of the post
- control chronic inhalation cancer risk assessment indicate that the maximum individual lifetime cancer risk posed by these two facilities, after the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **157** of **281** implementation of the proposed controls, could be up to 10
- in
- 1 million, reduced from 20
- in
- 1 million (i.e., pre
- controls), with an estimated redu ction in cancer incidence to 0.001 excess cancer cases per year, reduced from 0.002 excess cancer cases per year. In addition, the number of people estimated to have a cancer risk greater than or equal to 1
- in
- 1 million would be reduced from 31,000 to 6,60 0. The results of the post
- control assessment also indicate that the maximum chronic noncancer inhalation TOSHI value would be reduced to 1, from the baseline estimate of 4. The number of people estimated to have a TOSHI greater than 1 would be reduced from 1,500 to 0. We also estimate that after the implementation of controls, the maximum worst
- case acute HQ value would be reduced from a potential high of 20 to 5 (based on the REL value for nickel compounds). As discussed above, this acute HQ of 5 is based on a conservative screening assessment. I t is important to remember the upward bias of the exposure estimates that EPA incorporates in to its acute assessments performed under section 112 of the CAA . Specifically, we assume that the peak hourly emissions
o ccur at the same hour that the worst
- case dispersion conditions
occur. We also assume that a person is located at the point of maximum concentration during this same hour . We note that the area around these facilities is industrial or farmland and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **158** of **281** therefo re the likelihood that a person is at the point of maximum exposure during the hour with the maximum air
con centration is highly unlikely. Considering post
- control emissions of multipathway HAP, if we promulgate option 2 for mercury controls, mercury emissions would be reduced approximately 6 0 percent , POM emissions would be reduced by approximately 2.4 tpy , cadmium would be reduced by about 3 lbs/yr, and dioxins and furans would be reduced by about 0.002 pounds/yr from the baseline emission ra tes . 3. Ample Margin of Safety Analysis Under the ample margin of safety analysis, we again consider all of the health factors and evaluate the cost and feasibility of available control technologies and other measures (including the controls, measures and costs reviewed under the technology review) that could be applied in this source category to further reduce the risks due to emissions of HAP identified in our risk assessment. We estimate that the actions proposed under CAA section 112(f)(2), as described above to address unacceptable risks, will reduce the MIR associated with arsenic, nickel , chromium , and PAHs from 20
- in
- 1 million to 10
- in
- 1 million for actual emissions. The cancer incidence will be reduced from 0.002 to 0.001 cases per year , and the number of people estimated to have*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **159** of **281** cancer risks greater than 1
- in
- 1 million will be reduced, from 31,000 people to 6,600 people. The chronic noncancer inhalation TOSHI will be reduced from 4 to 1, and the number of people exposed to a TOSHI level greater than 1 will be reduced from 1,500 people to 0. In addition, the maximum acute HQ value will be reduced from 20 to 5, and the potential multipathway impacts will be reduced. The screening assessment of worst
- case acute inhalation impacts after controls are implemented indicates the potential for nickel to exceed an HQ value of 1, with an estimated worst
case maximum acute HQ of 5 based on the REL values. However, considering the conservative, health
-protective nature of the approach that is used to develop these acute estimates, it is highly unlikely that an individual would have an acute exposure above the REL. Specifically, the analysis is based on the assumption that worst
- c ase emissions and meteorology would coincide with a person being at the exact location of maximum impact for a period of time long enough to have an exposure level above the conservative REL value. The fact that the facilities in this source category are n ot located in areas that naturally lead to people being near the fence line for periods of time, we conclude that the exposure scenario used in the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **160** of **281** screening assessment would be extremely unlikely to actually
occur. Based on all of the above information, we conclude that the risks after implementation of the proposed controls are acceptable. Based on our research and analysis, we did not identify any cost
- effective controls beyond those proposed above that would achieve further reduction in risk. While in theory the 2011 proposed approach of total enclosure would provide some additional risk reduction, the additional risk reduction is minimal and, as noted, we have substantial doubts that it would be feasible for the se facilities. Therefore we conclude that the controls to achieve acceptable risks (described above) will also achieve an ample margin of safety. D. What are the results and proposed decisions based on our technology review? 1. Metal HAP Emissions Limits from Stacks As mentioned in the previous s ection, the available test data from the five furnaces located at two facilities indicate that all of these furnaces have PM emission levels that are well below their respective emission limits (the emission limits are based on size and product being produ ced in the furnace) in the 1999 MACT rule . These findings demonstrate that the add
- on emission control technologies (venturi scrubber, positive*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **161** of **281** pressure fabric filter, negative pressure fabric filter) used to control emissions from the furnaces are very ef fective in reducing particulate matter (used as a surrogate for metal HAP) and that all of the facilities have emission s well below the current limit s . Under Section 112(d)(6) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), we are required to revise emission standards, takin g into account developments in practices, processes, and control technologies. The particulate matter (PM) emissions, used as a surrogate for metal HAP, that were reported by the industry in the 2010 ICR were far below the level specified in the current NESHAP, indicating improvements in the control of PM emissions since promulgation of the current NESHAP. We re - evaluated the data received in 2010, along with additional data received in 2012 and 2013, to determine whether it is appropriate to propose revis ed emissions limits for PM from the furnace process vents. The re
- evaluation of the PM limits was done using a UPL analysis, which considers variability in determining the stack limits considering the current data set . Unlike PAH and mercury stack data, we did not see any differences in variability of the data sets depending on product produced (e.g., ferromanganese or silicomanganese.) Therefore, we are not proposing to subcategorize the PM stack limits based on product type.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **162** of **281** Based on this analysis, we determined that it is appropriate to propose revised PM limits for the furnaces and that the revised existing source furnace stack PM emissions limit should be 27 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (mg/dscm). Therefore, we a re proposing a revised emissions limit of 27 mg/dscm for existing furnace stack PM emissions in this supplemental proposal. This emission limit is slightly higher than the existing source furnace PM emission limit of 24 mg/dscm that we proposed in the November 2011 propos al . The revised emissions limit is based on more data than the previous proposed limit . No additional add
- on controls are expected to be required by the facilities to meet the revised existing source limit of 27 mg/dscm. However, this revis ed limit would result in far lower “allowable” PM emissions from the source category compared to the level of emissions allowed by the 1999 MACT rule, and would help prevent any emissions increases. To demonstrate compliance, we propose these source s would be required to conduct periodic performance testing, and develop and operate according to a baghouse operating plan or continuously monitor venturi scrubber operating parameters. Furnace baghouses would be required to be equipped with bag leak detection s ystems (BLDS).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **163** of **281** The revised new source PM standard for furnaces was determined by calculating the UPL (based on the individual run values) for each of the furnaces and ranking the best performing units from low to high. Based on this UPL ranking, Furnace 2 at Felman was selected as the best performing furnace. The UPL was determined to be 4 mg/dscm and was selected as the proposed MACT emissions limit for PM from new and reconstructed source furnace stack s . The PM emission limit for the local ventilation c ontrol device outlet was also re
- evaluated using compliance test data and test data from the 2012 ICR. A local ventilation control device is used to capture tapping, casting, or ladle treatment emissions and direct them to a control device other than one
a ssociated with the furnace. The 2011 proposed rule based the PM limit for the local ventilation control device on the furnace control device limit. We calculated the revised limit based on a UPL of the test data received from the compliance test reports
and the 2012 ICR, resulting in a revised limit of 3.9 mg/dscm . There is currently only one local ventilation control device outlet emissions source in this source category. We have emissions data for PM from this source. Based on these data, we calculated a UPL of 3.9 mg/dscm as a MACT limit and we are proposing this emissions limit of 3.9 mg/dscm for existing, new*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **164** of **281** and reconstructed local ventilation control device emissions
sources. 2. Metal HAP Emissions from Process Fugitives In the 2011 proposal, we concluded that a proposed requirement for sources to enclose the furnace building, collect fugitive emissions such that the furnace building is maintained under negative pressure, and duct those emissions to a control device represent ed an advance in emiss ions control measures since the Ferroalloys Production NESHAP was originally promulgated in 1999. Commenters on the 2011 proposal disagree d with our asse ssment . Based on these comments, we reassessed the proposed requirement for negative pressure ventilati on and determined that the installation and operation of the proposed system may not be feasible and would likely be very costly . For example, the recent secondary lead NESHAP requires use of such a system, but we recognize that a much smaller volume of ai r must be evacuated at secondary lead facilities because of their smaller size compared to ferroalloy facilities. We agree that we had underestimated the costs of such negative pressure systems, and we have provided updated cost analyses. C ommenters also raise d concerns about worker safety and comfort in designing and operating such systems based on historical examples. We believe that such issues can be overcome*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **165** of **281** with proper ventilation design and installation of air conditioning systems and other steps to ensure these issues are not a problem. However, after further review and evaluation we conclude that it would be quite costly for these facilities to become fully enclosed with negative pressure and achieve the appropriate ventilation and conditioning of indoor air. Going back to the original goal of identifying advances in emissions control measures since the Ferroalloys Production NESHAP was promulgated in 1999, we have arrived at a different conclusion than we described in the 2011 proposal. We re
evaluated the costs and operational feasibility associated with the full building enclosure with negative pressure that we proposed in 2011 . We consulted with ventilation experts who have worked with hot process fugitives similar to those f ound in the ferroalloys industry (e.g., electric arc furnace steel mini
mills and secondary lead smelters) . We determined that substantially more air flow, air exchanges, ductwork, fans and control devices and supporting structural improvements would be
ne eded (compared to what we had estimated in the 2011 proposal) to achieve negative pressure and also ensure adequate ventilation and air quality in these large furnace buildings. Therefore, we determined that the proposed negative pressure approach presente d in the 2011 proposal would be much more*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **166** of **281** expensive than what we had estimated in 2011 and may not be feasible for these facilities. We also evaluated another option based on enhanced capture of the process fugitive emissions using a combination of effective local capture with primary hooding close to the emissions sources and secondary capture of remaining fugitives with roof
- line capture hoods and control devices. These buildings are currently designed such that fugitive emissions that are not captured by the primary hoods flow upward with a natural draft to the open roof vents and are vented to the atmosphere uncontrolled. Under our enhanced control scenario, the primary capture close to the emissions sources would be significantly improved with effective local hooding and ventilation, and the remaining fugitive emissions (that are not captured by the primary hoods) would be drawn up to the roof
line and captured with secondary hooding and vented to control devices. In cases where additional collection of fugitives from the roof monitors is needed to comply with building opacity limits, fume collection areas may be isolated via baffles (so the area above the furnace where fumes collect may be kept separated from “empty” spaces in large buildings), and roof monitors over fume collection areas can be sealed and directed to control devices.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **167** of **281** The fugitive emission capture system should achieve inflow at the building floor, but outflow toward the roof. We conclude that a rigorous, systematic examination of the ventilation requirements throughout the building is the key to developing a fugitive emission capture system (consisting of primary hoods, secondary hoods, enclosures and/or building ventilation ducted to particulate matter control device(s)) that can be designed and operated to achieve very low levels of fugitive emissions. Such an evaluation considers worker health , safety, and comfort , and it is designed to optimize existing ventilation options (fan capacity and hood design) and add additional capture op tions to meet specified design criteria determined through the evaluation process. Thus, we conclude that an enhanced capture system based on these design principles does represent an advancement in technology. We estimate that this control scenario would capture about 95 percent of the process fugitive emissions and vent those emissions to PM control devices. This enhanced local capture option is described in more detail in the Revised Technology Review for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category docume nt and in the Revised Draft Cost Impacts of the Revised NESHAP for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category document which are available in the docket.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **168** of **281** Under this control option, the cost elements vary by plant and furnace and include the following:

 Curt ains or doors surrounding furnace tops to contain fugitive emissions

 Improvements to hoods collecting tapping emissions

 Upgraded fans to improve the airflow of fabric filters controlling fugitive emissions

 Addition of “secondary capture” or additional hood s to capture emissions from taping platforms or crucibles

 Addition of fugitives capture for casting operations

 Addition fabric filters, and

 Addition of rooftop ventilation, in which fugitive emissions escaping local control are collected in the roof canop y over process areas through addition of partitions, then directed through roof vents and ducts to control systems. We estimate the total capital costs of installing the required ductwork, fans, and control devices under the enhanced capture option (which is described above , and in more detail in the technical supporting documents) to be $37.6 million and the total annualized cost to be $7.1 million for the two plants. We estimate that this option would reduce metal HAP emissions by 75 tons per year , resulting in a cost per ton of metal HAP removed*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **169** of **281** to be $94 ,600 per ton ($47 per pound). The total HAP reduction for the enhanced capture option is 77 tons per year at a cost per ton of $91 ,900 ($46 per pound). We also estimate that this option would achi eve PM emission reductions of 229 tons per year , resulting in cost per ton of PM removed of $30,900 per ton and achieve PM2.5 emission reductions of 48 tons per year , resulting in a cost per ton of PM2.5 removal of $147,000 per ton. We believe these contro ls for process fugitive HAP emissions (described above), which are based on enhanced capture (with primary and secondary hooding) are feasible for the Ferroalloys Production source category from a technical standpoint and are cost effective. This cost effe ctiveness is in the range of cost effectiveness for PM and HAP metals from other previous rules. However, it is important to note that there is no bright line for determining cost
- effectiveness for HAP metals. Each rulemaking is different and various facto rs must be considered. Some of the other factors we consider when making decisions whether to establish standards beyond the floor under section 112(d)(2) include, but are not limited to, the following: which of the HAP metals are being reduced and by how much; total capital costs; annual costs; and costs compared to total revenues (e.g., costs to revenue ratios).*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **170** of **281** We also re
- evaluated the option based on building ventilation as described in the 2011 proposal. This control option involves installation of full building ventilation at negative pressure for furnace buildings and instead of installing fugitive controls on individual tapping and casting operations. This option would require installation of ductwork from the roof vents of furnace buildings, structural repairs to buildings, and a new fabric filter for each building. Both Eramet and Felman provided extensive comments regarding implementation of building ventilation, including cost estimates ba sed on their own engineering analyses. Analyses and cost estimates provided by the facilities were thoroughly reviewed by the EPA and revised as needed for the supplemental cost analysis. We estimate that the full building enclosure option would reduce PM emissions from the facilities by 252 tons per year (and total HAP emissions by 83 tons per year). The total estimated capital cost for these fugitive controls is $61 million. Annualized capital cost and operational and maintenance costs are estimated at $1 9 million. This option would result in a cost per ton of metal HAP removed to be $ 226,000 per ton. We also estimate that this option would achieve PM emission reductions of 2 52 tons , resulting in cost per ton of PM removed*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **171** of **281** of $ 74 , 2 00 per ton and achieve PM2.5 emission reductions of 53 tons, resulting in a cost per ton of PM2.5 removal of $ 353 ,000 per ton. The incremental cost effectiveness comparing the enhanced capture option to the building ventilation option is $501,000 per ton of PM removed, $2. 4 millio n per ton of PM2.5 removed and $ 2.2 million per ton of HAP removed. Based on these analyses, we conclude that the full
-building enclosure option with negative pressure would have significant economic impacts on the facilities, may not be feasible , and coul d lead to potential closure for one or more facilities . However, we conclude that the enhanced local capture option is a feasible and cost
- effective approach to achieve significant reductions in fugitive HAP emissions. In light of the technical feasibility and cost effectiveness of the enhanced capture options , we are proposing the enhanced capture option under the authority of section 112(d)(6) of the CAA . In the 2011 proposal, we included a requirement that emissions exiting from a shop building may not e xceed more than 10 percent opacity for more than one 6
-minute period, to be demonstrated every 5 years as part of the periodic required performance tests. For day
- to - day continuous monitoring to demonstrate compliance with the proposed shop building requirements, the 2011 proposal relied on achieving the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **172** of **281** requirement to maintain the shop building at negative pressure to at least 0.007 inches of water. This was to be supplemented by operation and work practice standards that required preparation of a process fugitives ventilation plan for each shop building, which would include schematics with design parameters (e.g., air flow and static pressure) of the ventilation system. The source would conduct a baseline survey to verify that building air supply and exhau st are balanced and the building will be maintained under at least 0.007 inches of water. Such plan would identify critical maintenance activities and schedules, be submitted to the permitting authority and incorporated into the source’s operating permit. The baseline survey would be repeated every 5 years or following significant changes to the ventilation system. With the move to the proposed enhanced local capture alternative, we believe that more frequent opacity monitoring based on an average of 6 per cent opacity at all times, is appropriate to demonstrate compliance with the process fugitives standards. We propose that if the average opacity reading from the shop building is greater than 6 percent opacity during an observed furnace process cycle, an a dditional two more furnace process cycles must be observed such that the average opacity during the entire observation period is less than 5 percent*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **173** of **281** opacity. A furnace process cycle means the period in which the furnace is tapped to the time in which the furnace is tapped again, and includes periods of charging, smelting, tapping, casting and ladle raking. We also propose that at no time during operation may an y individual opacity reading be greater than 20 percent opacity. We believe that the longer averaging time for this new opacity limit (furnace process cycle vs. individual 6
- minute averages) addresses concerns that small variations in an otherwise well
- con trolled furnace cycle could result in violations of the opacity standard. The proposed 20 percent ceiling ensures that that there are no acute events that could affect neighbors and workers. Finally, the lower limit (6 vs. 10 percent opacity) also reflects that sources should achieve lower overall emissions over a longer averaging period. We propose that sources be required to conduct opacity observations at least twice per week for each operating furnace. Similar to the 2011 proposal, continuous monitoring of key ventilation operating system parameters and periodic inspections of the ventilation system would ensure that the ventilation system is operating as designed. Also, similar to the 2011 proposal, we believe that the source should demonstrate that the overall design of the ventilation system is adequate to achieve the proposed*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **174** of **281** standards. We propose that the source must maintain a process fugitives capture system that is designed to collect 95 percent or more of the process fugitive emissions from furnace operations, casting MOR process, ladle raking and slag skimming and crushing and screening operations and convey the collected emissions to a control device that meets specified emission limits and the proposed opacity limit. We believe that if the source designs the plan according to the most recent (at the time of construction) ventilation design principles recommended by the American Conference of Governmental In dustrial Hygienists (ACHIH), includes detailed schematics of the ventilation system design, addresses variables that affect capture efficiency such as cross drafts and describes protocol or design characteristics to minimize such events and identifies moni toring and maintenance steps, the plan will be capable of ensuring the system is properly designed and continues to operate as designed. We would continue to require that this plan be submitted to the permitting authority, incorporated into the source’s op erating permit and updated every 5 years or when there is a significant change in variables that affect process fugitives ventilation design. This list of design criteria, coupled with the requirement for frequent opacity observations and operating paramet er monitoring will result in enforceable*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **175** of **281** requirements. We recognize that other design requirements and/or more frequent opacity observations may yield more compliance certainty, but incur greater costs and not result in measurable decreases in emissions. However, we request comment on other measures that could be considered to demonstrate that well designed (e.g., at least 95 percent overall capture of process fugitive emissions) plans are developed and maintained. We request that such comments include cost s, measurement techniques or other information to evaluate their efficacy. E . What o ther a ctions are we p roposing ? In addition to the proposed actions described above, we re
evaluated compliance requirements associated with the 2011 proposed amendments to determine whether we should make changes to those proposed amendments. Based on this re
- evaluation, we are proposing the following changes to what was proposed in the 2011 proposal. 1. Stack Emission Limits In response to public comments, we revisited the format of the stack emission limits. We concluded that a concentration
based limit is still appropriate, but we agree that the proposed CO 2 concentration correction poses a problem under certain control device configurations. While such a concentration
co rrection is appropriate for combustion sources such as*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **176** of **281** boilers, we agree that its use in the context of ferroalloys production is not helpful. The PM stack limits proposed above do not include a CO 2 correction. 2. Emissions Averaging As described above, we have decided to retain a concentration format for the emissions limits for the stacks but we are not retaining the emissions averaging provision in this supplemental proposal that we had proposed in 2011 . We believe a concentration f ormat is the best format for this NESHAP, and we have concluded that it is not the best format to use under an emissions averaging option. We are concerned that emissions from a large furnace emitting a lower than average concentration could still emit more emissions than a small furnace with a higher than average concentration. This could result in a net increase in emissions from the two furnaces compared to their emissions if they were not allowed to average emissions. For this reason, we are proposing n ot to include the emissions averaging provisions in the rule , which is a change from the 2011 proposal . 3. Fenceline Monitoring Alternative In the 2011 proposal, we assumed there could be other control measures other than maintaining the furnace buildings under negative pressure that would achieve equivalent emissions*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **177** of **281** reductions . Therefore, to provide some flexibility to facilities regarding how to achieve the reductions of fugitive emissions , i n lieu of building the full enclosure and evacuation system described in the 2011 proposal, we proposed that sources could demonstrate compliance with an alternative approach by conducting fenceline monitoring and demonstrate that the ambient concentration s of manganese at their facility boundary remain at l evels no more than 0.1 μg/m3 on a 60
- day rolling average. However, a t this time, we believe that the proposed enhanced local capture option described in this supplemental proposal incorporates the features anticipated in a non
- negative pressure building op tion and contains compliance requirements (based on meeting a tight opacity limit and other requirements) that would assess emissions at the point of the maximum output, that is, from the roof monitor of the ferroalloys production building. Furthermore, we determined there were various issues associated with fenceline monitoring at facilities within this source category, including highly variable wind patterns, uncertainties as to how to account for background concentrations and road dust , and the large dif ference between emissions release heights (from the high roof vents and stacks) compared to heights where fenceline monitors would be located (near ground level). Therefore, we are proposing to not include fenceline monitoring*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **178** of **281** in the final rule. We believe the proposed tight opacity limit (which would be measured frequently at the emissions sources), along with the proposed requirements to install, operate and maintain effective fugitive capture and control systems, emissions limits for the stacks, and vari ous parametric monitoring requirements, are the appropriate control requirements to ensure effective capture and control of emissions. F. What compliance dates are we proposing? The proposed changes to the 2011 proposal that are set out in this supplement ary proposal will not change the compliance dates proposed. We continue to propose that facilities must comply with the changes set out in this supplementary proposal (which are being proposed under CAA sections 112(d)(2), 112(d)(3), 112(d)(6) and 112(f)(2 ) for all affected sources), no later than two years after the effective date of the final rule. We find that two years are necessary to complete the installation of the enhanced local capture system and other controls. In the period between the effective date of this rule and the compliance date, existing sources would continue to comply with the existing requirements specified in §§63.1650 through 63.1661 , which will protect the health of persons from imminent endangerment .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **179** of **281 V. Summary of**  **the Revised Cost, Environmental and Economic**  **Impacts** A. What are the affected sources ? We maintain, as at the 2011 proposal, that the two manganese ferroalloys production facilities currently operating in the United States will be affected by these proposed amendments. We do not know of any new facilities that are expected to be constructed in the foreseeable future. However, there is one other facility that has a permit to produce ferromanganese or silicomanganese in an electric arc furnace, but it is no longer operating. It is possible, however, that this facility could resume production or another non
-manganese ferr oalloy producer could decide to commence production of ferromanganese or silicomanganese. Given this uncertainty, our impact analysis is focused on the two existing sources that are currently operating. While this proposal presumes full operation of both
e xisting ferroalloy facilities, we are mindful that the Felman Production facility in West Virginia is not operating at this time and of uncertainty if this will change in the future. Felman Production decided to stop production at its facility on June 2 8, 2013, and has not resumed production. The company has indicated that it would resume production if its electricity*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **180** of **281** power rate is reduced, and has requested such a reduction from West Virginia’s Public Services Commission. A decision on that request is expected in the first quarter of 2014. B. What are the air quality impacts ? The EPA revised the estimated emissions reductions that are expected to result from the proposed amendments to the 1999 NESHAP based on the proposed changes in this supplemental proposal . A detailed documentation of the analysis can be found in: Revised Draft Cost Impacts of the Revised NESHAP for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category . As noted in the 2011 proposal, emissions of metal HAP from ferroalloys product ion sources have declined in recent years, primarily as the result of state actions and also due to the industry’s own initiative. The proposed amendments in this supplemental proposal would cut HAP emissions (primarily particulate metal HAP such as mangan ese, arsenic and nickel) by about 60 percent from their current levels. Under the revised proposed emissions standards for process fugitives emissions from the furnace building, we estimate that the HAP emissions reductions would be 7 7 tpy, including signi ficant reductions of manganese. If we promulgate option 2 for mercury controls, we also anticipate mercury reductions of 191 lb/yr and PAH reductions of 2. 4 tpy from installation of activated carbon*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **181** of **281** injection controls at one facility , and the t otal estimat ed HAP reductions for the two facilities would be about 80 tpy. As noted in the 2011 proposal, b ased on the emissions data available to the EPA, we believe that both facilities will be able to comply with the proposed emissions limits for HCl without additional controls. C. What are the cost impacts? Under the revised proposed amendments, ferroallo ys production facilities are expected to incur costs for the design of a local ventilation system, resulting in a site
- specific local ventilation plan and installation of custom hoods and ventilation equipment and additional control devices to manage the a ir flows generated by the enhanced capture systems. The cost estimates also include the addition of activated carbon injection for furnaces producing ferromanganese. Finally, there would also be capital costs associated with installing new or improved cont inuous monitoring systems, included installation of BLDS on the furnace baghouses that are not currently equipped with these systems. The revised capital costs for each facility were estimated based on the number and types of upgrades required. The specif ic enhancements for each facility were selected for cost estimation based on estimates directly provided by the facilities based on*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **182** of **281** their engineering analyses and discussion with the EPA. The memorandum Revised Draft Cost Impacts of the Revised NESHAP for the Ferroalloys Production Source Category includes a complete description of the revised cost estimate methods used for this analysis and is available in the docket. Cost elements vary by plant and furnace and include the following elements:

 Curtains or doors surrounding furnace tops to contain fugitive emissions

 Improvements to hoods collecting tapping emissions

 Upgraded fans to improve the airflow of fabric filters controlling fugitive emissions

 Addition of “secondary capture” or additional hood s to capture emissions from taping platforms or crucibles

 Addition of fugitives capture for casting operations

 Addition of fabric filters, and

 Addition of rooftop ventilation, in which fugitive emissions escaping local control are collected in the roof can opy over process areas through addition of partitions, then directed through roof vents and ducts to control systems. For purposes of the supplement al proposal analysis, we assumed that enhanced fugitive capture and control systems and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **183** of **281** roofline ventilation will be installed for all operation furnaces at both facilities, and for MOR operations at Eramet Marietta. The specific elements of the capture and control systems selected for each facility are based on information supplied by the facilities incorporating their best estimates of the improvements to fugitive emission capture and control they would implement to achieve the standards included in the supplemental proposal. We estimate the total capital costs of installing the required ductwork, fans, and control devices under the enhanced capture option to be $37.6 million and the total annualized cost to be $7.1 million (2012 dollars) for the two plants. We estimate that this option would reduce metal HAP emissions by 75 tons, resulting in a cost per ton of metal HAP removed to be $94 ,700 per ton ($47 per pound). The total HAP reduction for the enhanced capture option is 77 tons per year at a cost per ton of $91 , 9 00 per ton ($46 per pound). We also estimate that this option would achieve PM emission reductions of 229 tons per year , resulting in cost per ton of PM removed of $30,900 per ton , and achieve PM2.5 emission reductions of 48 tons per year , resulti ng in a cost per ton of PM2.5 removal of $147,000 per ton. Furthermore, if we promulgate option 2 for mercury controls described in section IV.A. (i.e., beyond the floor controls for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **184** of **281** FeMn production) we estimate the capital costs would be about $30 millio n, annualized costs of about $3.3 million, and would achieve about 191 pounds per year of reductions in mercury emissions, which results in estimated cost
- effectiveness of about $17,600 per pound. All the costs and reductions for mercury controls would be at Eramet since Eramet is the only facility that produces FeMn. Regarding total costs, assuming we promulgate enhanced capture and control requirements for process fugitive HAP emissions and Option 2 (BTF) for mercury control, we estimate that the total capital costs for the source category would be $67 million, and total annualized costs would be $10.4 million per year. D. What are the economic impacts ? As a result of the proposed changes in this supplemental proposal, we estimate that there will be no more than a 1 percent price increase and no more than a 0.7 percent reduction in output in affected product. E. What are the benefits ? The estimated reduct ions in HAP emissions (i.e., about 80 tpy) that would be achieved by this proposal would provide significant benefits to public health. For example, there would be a significant reduction in emissions of air toxics (especially Mn, Ni, Cd and PAHs). Furthermore, under option 2*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **185** of **281** for mercury control, the proposed rule would also achieve significant reductions of mercury emissions (about 191 pounds per year of mercury reductions) . In addition to the HAP reductions, we also estimate that this supplemental proposa l would achieve about 48 tons of reductions in PM2.5 emissions as a
co -benefit of the HAP reductions annually. This rulemaking is not an “economically significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866 because it is not likely to have an annual eff ect on the economy of $100 million or more. Therefore, we have not conducted a Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) for this rulemaking or a benefits analysis. While we expect that these avoided emissions will result in improvements in air quality and reduce health effects associated with exposure to air pollution associated with these emissions, we have not quantified or monetized the benefits of reducing these emissions for this rulemaking. This does not imply that there are no benefits associated with these emission reductions. We provide a qualitative description of benefits associated with reducing these pollutants below. When determining if the benefits of an action exceed its costs, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct the Agency to consider qualitative benefits that are difficult to quantity but nevertheless essential to consider.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **186** of **281** Directly emitted particles are precursors to secondary formation of fine particles (PM2.5 ). Controls installed to reduce HAP would also reduce ambient concentrations of PM2. 5 as a co benefit. Reducing exposure to PM2.5 is associated with significant human health benefits, including avoiding mortality and morbidity from cardiovascular and respiratory illnesses. Researchers have associated PM2.5 exposure with adverse health effects in numerous toxicological, clinical and epidemiological studies (U.S. EPA, 2009) 43 . When adequate data and resources are available and an RIA is required, the EPA generally quantifies several health effects associated with exposure to PM2.5 (e.g., U.S. EPA, 2012) 44 . These health effects include premature mortality for adults and infants, cardiovascular morbidities such as heart attacks, hospital admissions, and respiratory morbidities such as asthma attacks, acute bronchitis, hospital and emergency depar tment visits, work loss days, restricted activity days, and respiratory symptoms. The scientific literature also suggests that exposure to PM2.5 is also associated with adverse effects on birth weight, pre
- term births, pulmonary

43 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 2009. Integrated Science Assessment for Particulate Matter (Final Report). EPA
- 600
- R- 08
- 139F. National Center for Environmental Assessment

—RTP Division. Available on the Internet at http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/recordisplay.cfm?deid=216546. 44 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 2012. Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Proposed Revisions to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Particulate Matter **.** Office of Air and Radiation, Research Triang le Park, NC. Available on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/ttnecas1/regdata/RIAs/PMRIACombinedFile_Bookmarked.pdf.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **187** of **281** function and other cardiova scular and respiratory effects (U.S. EPA, 2009), but the EPA has not quantified certain outcomes these impacts in its benefits analyses. PM2.5 also increases light extinction, which is an important aspect of visibility. The rulemaking is also anticipated t o reduce emissions of other HAP, including metal HAP (arsenic, cadmium, chromium (both total and Cr +6 ), lead, mercury, manganese, and nickel ) and PAHs . Some of the benefits of reducing these HAP are described in the following paragraphs. Arsenic (As) Arsenic, a naturally occurring element, is found throughout the environment and is considered toxic through the oral, inhalation and dermal routes. Acute (short
- term) high
- level inhalation exposure to As dust or fumes has resulted in gastrointestinal effec ts (nausea, diarrhea, abdominal pain, and gastrointestinal hemorrhage); central and peripheral nervous system disorders have occurred in workers acutely exposed to inorganic As. Chronic (long
- term) inhalation exposure to inorganic As in humans is associate d with irritation of the skin and mucous membranes. Chronic inhalation can also lead to conjunctivitis, irritation of the throat and respiratory tract and perforation of the nasal septum. 45 Chronic oral exposure has

45 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). Medical Management*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **188** of **281** resulted in gastrointestinal effects, anemia, peripheral neuropathy, skin lesions, hyperpigmentation, and liver or kidney damage in humans. Inorganic As exposure in humans, by the inhalation route, has been shown to be strongly associated with lung cancer, while ingestion of inorganic As in human s has been linked to a form of skin cancer and also to bladder, liver, and lung cancer. The EPA has classified inorganic As as a Group A, human carcinogen. 46 Cadmium (Cd) 47 Breathing air with lower levels of Cd over long periods of time (for years) results i n a build
- up of Cd in the kidney, and if sufficiently high, may result in kidney disease. Lung cancer has been found in some studies of workers exposed to Cd in the air and studies of rats that inhaled Cd. The U.S. DHHS has determined that Cd and Cd compounds are known human carcinogens. The IARC has determined that Cd is carcinogenic to humans. The EPA has determined that Cd is a probable human carcinogen. Chromium (Cr) 48
Guidelines for Arsenic. Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Hea lth and Human Services. Available on the Internet at < http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/mhmi/mmg168.html#bookmark02> 46 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1998. Integrated Risk Information System File for Arsenic. Research and Development, National Ce nt er for Environmental Assessment, Washington, DC. This material is available electronically at: http://www.epa.gov/iris/subst/0278.htm. 47 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). 2008. Public Health Statement for Cadmium . CAS# 1306
- 19
- 0. Atlanta , GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service. Available on the Internet at <http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/PHS/PHS.asp?id=46&tid=15 >.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **189** of **281** Chromium may be emitted in two forms, trivalent Cr (Cr +3 ) or hexavalent Cr (Cr +6 ). The respiratory tract is the major target organ for Cr +6 toxicity, for acute and chronic inhalation exposures. Shortness of breath, coughing, and wheezing have been reported from acute exposure to Cr +6 , while perforations and ulcerations of the septum, bronch itis, decreased pulmonary function, pneumonia, and other respiratory effects have been noted from chronic exposures. Limited human studies suggest that Cr +6 inhalation exposure may be associated with complications during pregnancy and childbirth, but there are no supporting data from animal studies reporting reproductive effects from inhalation exposure to Cr +6 . Human and animal studies have clearly established the carcinogenic potential of Cr +6 by the inhalation route, resulting in an increased risk of lung cancer. The EPA has classified Cr +6 as a Group A, human carcinogen. Trivalent Cr is less toxic than Cr +6 . The respiratory tract is also the major target organ for Cr +3 toxicity, similar to Cr +6 . The EPA has not classified Cr +3 with respect to carcinogeni city.] Lead (Pb) 49 The main target for Pb toxicity is the nervous system, both

48 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) on Chromium VI. National Center for Environmental Assessment, Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC. 1999. 49 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). 2007. Public Health Statement for Lead. CAS# : 7439
- 92
- 1 . Atlanta , GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service. Available on the Internet at < http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/ToxProfiles/phs13.html >.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **190** of **281** in adults and children. Long
- term exposure of adults to Pb at work has resulted in decreased performance in some tests that measure functions of the nervous system. Lead exposure may also cause weakness in fingers, wrists, or ankles. Lead exposure also causes small increases in blood pressure, particularly in middle
aged and older people. Lead exposure may also cause anemia. Children are more sensitive to the health effects of Pb than adults. No safe blood Pb level in children has been determined. At lower levels of exposure, Pb can affect a child’s mental and physical growth. Fetuses exposed to Pb in the womb may be born prematurely and have lower weights at birth. Exposure in the womb, in infancy, or in early childhood also may slow mental development and cause lower intelligence later in childhood. There is evidence that these effects may persist beyond childhood. There are insufficient data from epidemiologic studies alone to c onclude that Pb causes cancer (is carcinogenic) in humans. The DHHS has determined that Pb and Pb compounds are reasonably anticipated to be human carcinogens based on limited evidence from studies in humans and sufficient evidence from animal studies, and the EPA has determined that Pb is a probable human carcinogen.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **191** of **281** Manganese (Mn) 50 Health effects in humans have been associated with both deficiencies and excess intakes of Mn. Chronic exposure to high levels of Mn by inhalation in humans results primarily in central nervous system effects. Visual reaction time, hand steadiness, and eye
- hand coordination were affected in chronically
- exposed workers. Manganism, characterized by feelings of weakness and lethargy, tremors, a masklike face, and psychological dis turbances, may result from chronic exposure to higher levels. Impotence and loss of libido have been noted in male workers afflicted with manganism attributed to inhalation exposures. The EPA has classified Mn in Group D, not classifiable as to carcinogeni city in humans. Mercury (Hg) Mercury in the environment is transformed into a more toxic form, methylmercury (MeHg). Because Hg is a persistent pollutant, MeHg accumulates in the food chain, especially the tissue of fish. When people consume these fish, they consume MeHg. In 2000 , the NAS Study was issued which provides a thorough review of the effects of MeHg on human health (NRC,

50 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) on Manganese. Nati onal Center for Environmental Assessment, Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC. 1999.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **192** of **281** 2000) 51 . Many of the peer
- reviewed articles cited in this section are publications originally cited in the MeHg Study. In additi on, the EPA has conducted literature searches to obtain other related and more recent publications to complement the material summarized by the NRC in 2000. In its review of the literature, the NAS found neurodevelopmental effects to be the most sensitive and best documented endpoints and appropriate for establishing an RfD (NRC, 2000); in particular NAS supported the use of results from neurobehavioral or neuropsychological tests. The NAS report noted that studies in animals reported sensory effects as wel l as effects on brain development and memory functions and support the conclusions based on epidemiology studies. The NAS noted that their recommended endpoints for an RfD are associated with the ability of children to learn and to succeed in school. They concluded the following: “The population at highest risk is the children of women who consumed large amounts of fish and seafood during pregnancy. The committee concludes that the risk to that population is likely to be sufficient to result in an increase in the number of children who have to struggle to keep up in school.” The NAS summarized data on cardiovascular effects available

51 National Research Council (NRC). 2000 . Toxicological Effects of Methylmercury . Washington, DC: National Academies Press.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **193** of **281** up to 2000. Based on these and other studies, the NRC concluded that “Although the data base is not as extensive for cardiovas cular effects as it is for other end points (i.e. neurologic effects) the cardiovascular system appears to be a target for MeHg toxicity in humans and animals.” The NRC also stated that “additional studies are needed to better characterize the effect of me thylmercury exposure on blood pressure and cardiovascular function at various stages of life.” Additional cardiovascular studies have been published since 2000. The EPA did not to develop a quantitative dose
- response assessment for cardiovascular effects a ssociated with MeHg exposures, as there is no consensus among scientists on the dose
- response functions for these effects. In addition, there is inconsistency among available studies as to the association between MeHg exposure and various cardiovascular sy stem effects. The pharmacokinetics of some of the exposure measures (such as toenail Hg levels) are not well understood. The studies have not yet received the review and scrutiny of the more well
established neurotoxicity data base. The Mercury Study 52 not ed that MeHg is not a potent mutagen but is capable of causing chromosomal damage in a number of

52 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1997. Mercury Study Report to Congress , EPA

– HQ

– OAR

– 2009

– 0234

– 3054. December. Available on the Internet at <http://www.epa.gov/hg/report.htm>.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **194** of **281** experimental systems. The NAS concluded that evidence that human exposure to MeHg caused genetic damage is inconclusive; they note that some earlier studies showing chromosomal damage in lymphocytes may not have controlled sufficiently for potential confounders. One study of adults living in the Tapajós River region in Brazil (Amorim et al., 2000) reported a direct relationship between MeHg concentration in hair and DNA damage in lymphocytes; as well as effects on chromosomes 53 . Long - term MeHg exposures in this population were believed to occur through consumption of fish, suggesting that genotoxic effects (largely chromosomal aberrations) may result from dietary, chronic MeHg exposures similar to and above those seen in the Faroes and Seychelles populations. Although exposure to some forms of Hg can result in a decrease in immune activity or an autoimmune response (ATSDR, 1999), evidence for immunotoxic effects of MeHg is limited (NRC, 2000) 54
. Based on limited human and animal data, MeHg is classified as a “possible” human carcinogen by the International Agency for

53 Amorim, M.I.M., D. Mergler, M.O. Bahia, H. Dubeau, D. Miranda, J. Lebel, R.R. Burbano, and M. Lucotte. 2000. Cytogenetic damage related to low levels of methyl mercury contamination in the Brazilian Amazon. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc. 72(4): 497
- 507. 54 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). 1999. Toxicological Profile for Mercury. U.S . Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Atlanta, GA.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **195** of **281** Research on Cancer (IARC, 1994) and in IRIS (U.S. EPA, 2002) 55 , 56
. The existing evidence supporting the possibility of carcinogenic effects in humans from low
- dose chronic exposures is tenuous. Multiple human epidemiological studies have found no significant association between Hg exposure and overall cancer incidence, although a few studies have shown an a ssociation between Hg exposure and specific types of cancer incidence (e.g., acute leukemia and liver cancer) (NRC, 2000). There is also some evidence of reproductive and renal toxicity in humans from MeHg exposure. However, overall, human data regarding reproductive, renal, and hematological toxicity from MeHg are very limited and are based on either studies of the two high
- dose poisoning episodes in Iraq and Japan or animal data, rather than epidemiological studies of chronic exposures at the levels of in terest in this analysis. Nickel (Ni) 57 Respiratory effects have been reported in humans from inhalation exposure to Ni. No information is available regarding

55 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2002. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) on Methylmercury. National Center for Environmental Assessment. Office of Research and Development. Available online at http://www.epa.gov/iris/subst/0073.htm 56 International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). 1994. IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans and their Supplements: Beryllium, Cadmium, Mercury, and Exposures in the Glass Manufacturing Industry. Vol. 58. Jalili, H.A., and A.H. Abbasi. 1961. Poisoning by ethyl mercury toluene sulphonanilide. Br. J. Indust. Med. 18(Oct.):303
- 308 (as cited in NRC 2000). 57 Nickel (IARC Summary & Evaluation , Volume 49 , 1990), http://www.inchem.org/documents/iarc/vol49/nickel.html*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **196** of **281** the reproductive or developmental effects of Ni in humans, but animal studies have reported such ef fects. Human and animal studies have reported an increased risk of lung and nasal cancers from exposure to Ni refinery dusts and nickel subsulfide. The EPA has classified nickel subsulfide as a human carcinogen and nickel carbonyl as a probable human carc inogen 58 , 59 . The IARC has classified Ni compounds as carcinogenic to humans. Polycyclic Organic Matter (POM) The term polycyclic organic matter (POM) defines a broad class of compounds that includes the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon compounds (PAHs), of which benzo[a]pyrene is a member. POM compounds are formed primarily from combustion and are present in the atmosphere in particulate form. Sources of air emissions are diverse and include cigarette smoke, vehicle exhaust, home heating, laying tar, and gril ling meat. Cancer is the major concern from exposure to POM. Epidemiologic studies have reported an increase in lung cancer in humans exposed to coke oven emissions, roofing tar emissions, and cigarette smoke; all of these mixtures contain POM compounds 60
. Animal studies

58 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) on Nickel Subsulfide. National Center for Environmental Assessment, Office of Research and Development, Washin gton, DC. 1999. 59 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) on Nickel Carbonyl. National Center for Environmental Assessment, Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC. 1999. 60 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR). 199 5 . Toxicological profile for Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) . Atlanta,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **197** of **281** have reported respiratory tract tumors from inhalation exposure to benzo[a]pyrene and forestomach tumors, leukemia, and lung tumors from oral exposure to benzo[a]pyrene. The EPA has classified seven PAHs (benzo[a]pyrene, benz[a]anthracene,
chrysene, benzo[b]fluoranthene, benzo[k]fluoranthene, dibenz[a,h]anthracene, and indeno[1,2,3
- cd]pyrene) as Group B2, probable human carcinogens. 61 Recent studies have found that maternal exposures to PAHs in a population of pregnant women were associated wi th several adverse birth outcomes, including low birth weight and reduced length at birth, as well as impaired cognitive development in preschool children (3 years of age). 62 , 63 These and similar studies are being evaluated as a part of the ongoing IRIS asse ssment of health effects associated with exposure to benzo[a]pyrene. **V I**  **. Request for Comments**

GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service. Available electronically at http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/ToxProfiles/TP.asp?id= 122&tid=25. 61 U.S. EPA (1997). Integrated Risk Information System File of indeno(1,2,3
- cd)pyrene. Research and Development, National Center for Environmental Assessment, Washington, DC. This material is available electronically at http://www.epa.gov/ncea/i ris/subst/0457.htm. 62 Perera, F.P.; Rauh, V.; Tsai, W
- Y.; et al. (2002) Effect of transplacental exposure to environmental pollutants on birth outcomes in a multiethnic population. Environ Health Perspect. 111: 201
- 205. 63 Perera, F.P.; Rauh, V.; Whyatt, R. M.; Tsai, W.Y.; Tang, D.; Diaz, D.; Hoepner, L.; Barr, D.; Tu, Y.H.; Camann, D.; Kinney, P. (2006) Effect of prenatal exposure to airborne polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons on neurodevelopment in the first 3 years of life among inner
- city children. Environ Health Perspect 114: 1287
- 1292.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **198** of **2 81**  We solicit comments on the revised risk assessment and technology review and proposed changes to the previously
proposed ame ndments . We seek comment s on the suffi ciency of the proposed controls for process fugitive emissions , the design of such systems, and how best to monitor them to ensure the systems achieve the estimated efficiency. We also seek comments on other aspects of this supplemental proposal, including, but not limited to, the control options for mercury and the proposed opacity standards. The EPA is moving toward advances in information and emissions monitoring technology that is setting the stage for detection, processing and communication capabilities that can revolutionize environmental protection. The EPA calls this Next Generation Compliance. One of the advances in information sharing is increased transparency. Using tr ansparency as a way to improve performance and increase compliance, the EPA is seeking comments on whether affected sources should be required to post Method 9 readings on their company web sites and/or State dashboards. The EPA is also asking for comment s on whether EPA should require affected sources to install and operate a real time webcam and stream to the company website. Electronic reporting is another next generation tool that saves time and money while improving results. The EPA is asking*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **199** of **281** for comments on whether EPA should require affected sources to submit all compliance documents such as notice of compliance status form, deviations from the process fugitive ventilation plan and outdoor fugitive dust plan, the affirmative defense for a violation o f the emission standard during a malfunction, and electronic records of the bag leak detection system output. We are not opening comment on aspects of the 2011 proposal (76 FR 72508) that have not change d and are not addressed in this supplemental proposal. Comments received on the 2011 proposal along with comments received on this supplemental proposal will be addressed in the EPA’s Response to Comment document and final rule preamble for the Ferroalloys Produ ction source category. **V I**  **I. Submitting Data Corrections** The site
- specific emissions profiles used in the source category risk and demographic analyses and instructions are available on the RTR web page at: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/rrisk/rtrpg.html. The data files include detailed information for each HAP emissions release point for the facilities in the source category. If you believe that the data are not representative or are inaccurate, please identify the data in question, provide your reason for con cern and provide any “improved” data that you*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **200** of **281** have, if available. When you submit data, we request that you provide documentation of the basis for the revised values to support your suggested changes. To submit comments on the data downloaded from the RTR page, complete the following steps: 1. Within this downloaded file, enter suggested revisions to the data fields appropriate for that information. 2. Fill in the commenter information fields for each suggested revision (i.e., commenter name, commenter organization, commenter email address, commenter phone number and revision comments). 3. Gather documentation for any suggested emissions revisions (e.g., performance test reports, material balance calculations, etc.). 4. Send the entire downloaded file wi th suggested revisions in Microsoft® Access format and all accompanying documentation to Docket ID Number EPA
- HQ - OAR- *** (through one of the methods described in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). 5. If you are providing comments on a single facility or multiple facilities, you need only submit one file for all facilities. The file should contain all suggested changes for all sources at that facility. We request that all data revision comments be submitted in the form of updated Microsoft® Excel files that are generated by the Microsoft® Access file. These*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **201** of **281** files are provided on the RTR web Page at: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/rrisk/rtrpg.html. **VI I**  **I. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews** A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Execut ive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review This action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and is therefore not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). B. Paperwork Reduction Act The information collection requirements in this supplemental proposed rule have been submitted for approval to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act , 4 4 U.S.C. 3501 et seq . The Information Collection Request (ICR) document prepared by the EPA has been assigned EPA ICR number 2448.01. We are proposing changes to the paperwork requirements to the ferroalloys p roduction source category that were proposed in 2011 . In the 2011 proposal, we proposed paperwork requirements in the form of increased frequency and number of pollutants tested for stack testing as described in §63.1625(c) and tighter parameter monitoring requirements to demonstrate continuous*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **202** of **281** comp liance as described in §63.1625(c)( 4 ) and §63.1626. We are not proposing changes to these requirements. However, i n this supplemental proposal we are proposing more frequent opacity monitoring requirements compared to the 2011 proposal, and are removing the s hop building process fugitives monitoring requirements (to demonstrate negative pressure) that we proposed in 2011. In addition, in the 2011 proposal, we added affirmative defense to the estimate of burden in the ICR. This has not changed in this supplemental proposal. We estimate two regulated entities are currently subject to subpart XXX and will be subject to this action. The annual monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping burden for this collection (averaged over the first 3 years after the effective date of the standards) as a result of the supplemental proposal revised amendments to subpart XXX (Ferroalloys Produc tion) is estimated to be $661, 9 53 per yea r. This includes 491 labor hours per year at a total labor cost of $58,408 per year, and total
non - labor capital, and operatio n and maintenance costs, of $603,545 per year. This estimate includes performance tests, notifications, reporting, and recordkeeping associated with the new requirements for ferroalloys production operations. The total burden for the federal government (averaged over the first*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **203** of **281** 3 years after the effective date of the standard) is estimated to be 48 hours per year at a total labor cost of $2,177 per year. Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9. To comment on the Agency's ne ed for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, EPA has established a public docket for this rule, which includes this ICR, under Docket ID number Docket ID Number EPA
- HQ - OAR- 2010
- 0895. Submit any comments related to the ICR to EPA and OMB. See ADDRESSES section at the beginning of this notice for where to submit comments to EPA. Send comments to OMB at the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20503, Attention: Desk Office for EPA. Since OMB is required to make a decision concerning the ICR between 30 and 60 days after [Insert date of publication in the Federal Register.] , a comment to OMB is best
a ssured of having its full effect if OMB receives it by [Insert date 30 days after publication in the Federal Register.] . The*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **204** of **281** final rule will respond to any OMB or public comments on the information collection requirements contained in this proposal. C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) The RFA generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act, or any other statute, unless the agenc y certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. For purposes of assessing the impacts of this final rule on small entities, small entity is defined as: (1) a small business as defined by the Small Business Administration’s (SBA) regulations at 13 CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of a city, county, town,
school district or special district with a population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not
- for
profit enterprise that is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field. For this source category, which has the NAICS code 33111 0 (i.e., Electrometallurgical ferroalloy product manufacturing), the SBA small business size standard is*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **205** of **281** 1,00 0 employees according to the SBA small business standards definitions. After considering the economic impacts of today’s action on small entities, I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Neither of the companies affected by this rule is considered to be a small entity per the definition provided in this section. D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) This action does not contain a federal mandate under the provisions of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), 2 U.S.C. 1531
- 1538 for state, local, or tribal governments, or the private sector. The action would not result in expenditures of $100 million or more for state, local, and tribal governments, in aggregate, or the private sector in any 1 year. This final action imposes no enforceable duties on any state, local, or tribal governments, or the private sector. Thus, this action is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 or 205 of the UMRA. This rule is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **206** of **281** governments as it contains no requirements that apply to such governments nor does it impose obligations upon them. E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132. None of the facilities sub ject to this action are owned or operated by state governments and, because no new requirements are being promulgated, nothing in this action will supersede state regulations. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this action. F. Executive Order 1 3175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action. The EPA spec ifically solicited comment on this action from tribal officials in the 2011 proposal and none were received during the comment period for that proposal . G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **207** of **281** This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) because the Agency does not believe the environmental health risks or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. The report, Analysis of So cio
- Economic Factors for Populations Living Near Ferroalloys Facilities , shows that, prior to the implementation of the provisions included in the proposal and this supplemental proposal , on a nationwide basis, there are approximately 31,000 people exposed to a cancer risk at or above 1
- in
- 1 million and approximately 1,500 people exposed to a chronic noncancer TOSHI greater than 1 due to emissions from the source category. The percentages for all demographic groups, including children 18 years and younger, are similar to or lower than their respective nationwide percentages. Further, implementation of the provisions included in this action is expected to significantly reduce the number of at
- risk people due to HAP emissions from these sources (from up to 31, 000 to about 6,600 ), providing significant benefit to all the demographic groups in the at
- risk population. This rule is expected to reduce environmental impacts for everyone, including children. This action establishes emissions limits at the levels based on MACT, as required by the CAA.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **208** of **281** Based on our analysis, we believe that this rule does not have a disproportionate impact on children. H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use This action is not a “significant energy action” as defined under Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), because it is not likely to have significan t adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. This action will not create any new requirements and therefore no additional costs for sources in the energy supply, distribution, or use sectors. I. National Technology Transfer and Advanceme nt Act Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law No. 104
- 113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards (VCS) in its regulatory activities, unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. VCS are technical standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by VCS bodies. The NTTAA directs the EPA to provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the agency decides not to use available and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **209** of **281** applicable VCS. This supplemental proposal involves technical standards. The EPA has decided to use EPA Methods 1, 2, 3A, 3B, 4, 5, 5D, 9, 10, 26A, 29, 30B, 316, CARB 429, SW
- 846 Method 3052, SW
- 846 Method 7471b and EPA water Method 1631E of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. No applicable VCS were identified for EPA Methods 30B, 5D, 316, 1631E and CARB 429, SW
- 846 Method 3052, and SW
- 846 Method 7471b. Two VCS were identi fied acceptable alternatives to EPA test methods for the purposes of this rule. The VCS standard ANSI/ASME PTC 19

- 10
- 1981
- Part 10, “Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses” is an acceptable alternative to Method 3B. The VCS ASTM D7520
- 09, “Standard Test Method for Determining the Opacity of a Plume in the Outdoor Ambient Atmosphere” is an acceptable alternative to Method 9 under specified conditions. The Agency identified 18 VCS as being potentially applicable to these methods cited in this rule. However, the EPA det ermined that the 18 candidate VCS would not be practical due to lack of equivalency, documentation, validation data and other important technical and policy considerations. The 18 VCS and other information and conclusions, including the search and review
results, are in the docket for this rule. Under §§63.7(f) and 63.8(f) of Subpart A of the General*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **210** of **281** Provisions, a source may apply to the EPA for permission to use alternative test methods or alternative monitoring requirements in place of any required testing methods, performance specifications, or procedures in the proposed rule. J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low
- Income Populations Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) establishes federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low
- income populations in the United States. The EPA has determined that the current health risks posed by emissions from this source category are unacceptable. There
are up to 31,000 people nationwide that are currently subject to health risks which may not be considered negligible (i.e., cancer risks greater than 1
- in
- 1 million or chronic noncancer TOSHI greater than 1) due to emissions from this source category. The demographic makeup of this “at
- risk” population is*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page **211** of **281** similar to the national distribution for all demographic groups. The proposed supplemental requirements along with other proposed requirements (76 FR 72508) will reduce the number of people in this at
- risk group, from up to 31,000 , to about 6,600 people. Based on this analysis, the EPA has determined that the proposed supplemental requirements will not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low
- income populations because it increases the level of environmental protection for all affected populations.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review *****

**National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants:**  **Ferroalloys Production Page 21**  **3 of 278**  **List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63** Air pollution control, Environmental protection, Hazardous substances, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

________________________ Dated:

________________________ Gina McCarthy , Administrator*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 213 of 281 For the reasons stated in the preamble, part 63 of title 40, chapter I, of the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended as follows: **PART 63 —**  **[AMENDED]** 1. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows: **Authority:** 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq. 2. Section 63.14 is amended by: a. Adding paragraph (b)(84); b. Revising paragraph (i)(1); c. Revising paragraph (p)(6) and adding paragraphs (p)(21) and (p)(22); and d. By adding paragraph (s). §63.14 Incorporations by reference . (b) * * * (84) ASTM D7520
- 09, “Standard Test Method for Determining the Opacity in a Plume in an Outdoor Ambient Atmosphere,” IBR approved for §§63.1625(b) and 63.1657(b). * * * * * (i) * * * (1) ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10

– 1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 10, Instruments and Apparatus], issued August 31, 1981 IBR approved for §§63.309(k), 63. 772(e) , 63.772(h), 63.865(b),*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 214 of 281 63.1282(d) and (g), 63.1625(b), 63.3166(a), 63.3360(e), 63.3545(a), 63.3555(a), 63.4166(a), 63.4362(a), 63.4766(a), 63.4965(a), 63.5160(d), 63.9307(c), 63.9323(a), 63.11148(e), 63.11155(e), 63.11162(f), 63.11163(g), 63.11410(j), 63. 11551(a), 63.11646(a), 63.11945, table 5 to subpart DDDDD of this part, table 4 to subpart JJJJJ of this part, Table 5 of subpart UUUUU of this part, and table 1 to subpart ZZZZZ of this part. * * * (p) * * * (6) SW

– 846

– 7471B, Mercury in Solid Or Semisolid Waste (Manual Cold
-Vapor Technique), Revision 2, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW

– 846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for §63.1625(b), table 6 to subpart DDDDD of this part and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ of this part. * * * * * (21) SW
- 846
-Method 3052, Microwave Assisted Acid Digestion Of Siliceous and Organically Based Matrices, Revision 0, December 1996, in EPA Publication No. SW

– 846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical /Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for §63.1625(b). (22) Method 1631, Revision E: Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge and Trap, and Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 215 of 281 Spectrometry, August 2002 located at: http://water.epa.gov/scitech/methods/cwa/ metals/mercury/upload/2 007_07_10_methods_method_mercury_1631.pdf, IBR approved for §63.1625(b). * * * * * (s) The following material is available from the California Air Resources Board (CARB), 1102 Q Street, Sacramento, California 95814, ( http://www.arb.ca.gov/testmeth/ ). (1) Method 429, Determination of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH) Emissions from Stationary Sources, Adopted September 1989, Amended July 1997, IBR approved for §63.1625(b) . (2) [Reserved] * * * * * **Subpart XXX**

**— [AMENDED]**  3. Section 63.1620 is added to read as follows: §63.1620 Am I subject to this subpart? (a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a new or existing ferromanganese and/or silicomanganese production f acility that is a major source or is co
- located at a major source of hazardous air pollutant emissions. (b) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate any of the following equipment as part of a ferromanganese or silicomanganese production facil ity:*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 216 of 281 (1) Open, semi
- sealed, or sealed submerged arc furnace, (2) Casting operations, (3) Metal oxygen refining (MOR) process, (4) Crushing and screening operations, (5) Outdoor fugitive dust sources. (c) A new affected source is any of the sources listed in paragraph (b) of this section for which construction or reconstruction commenced after [ **INSERT DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER**  ] . (d) Table 1 of this subpart specifies the provisions of
s ubpart A of this part that apply to owners and operators of ferromanganese and silicomanganese production facilities subject to this subpart. (e) If you are subject to the provisions of this subpart, you are also subject to title V permitting requirements under 40 CFR parts 70 or 71, as applicable. (f) Emission standards in this subpart apply at all times. 4. Section 63.1621 is added to read as follows: §63.1621 What are my c ompliance dates? (a) Existing affected sources must be in compliance with the provi sions specified in §§63.1620 through 63.1630 no later than **[2 YEARS AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE]** . (b) Affected sources in existence prior to [ **INSERT DATE OF***********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 217 of 281 **PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER** ] must be in compliance with the provisions specified in §§63.1650 through 63.1661 by November 21, 2001 and until **[2 YEARS AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE AMENDMENTS]**  . As of **[2 YEARS AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE AMENDMENTS]**  , the provisions of §§63.1650 through 63.1661 cease to apply to affected sources in existence prior to [ **INSERT DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER** ] . The provisions of §§63.1650 through 63.1661 remain enforceable at a source for its activities prior to **[2 YEARS AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE AMENDMENTS]**  . (c) If you own or operate a new affected source that commences construction or reconstruction after [ **INSERT DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER**  ] , you must comply with the requirements of this subpart by **[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE AMENDMENTS]**  , or upon startup of operations, whichever is later. 5. Section 63.1622 is added to read as follows: §63.1622 What definitions apply to this subpart? Terms in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act (Act), in subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows: Affirmative defense means, in the context of an enforcement proceeding, a response or defense put forward by a defendant, regarding which the defendant has the burden of proof, and the merits of which are independently and objectively evaluated i n a*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 218 of 281 judicial or administrative proceeding. Bag leak detection system means a system that is capable of continuously monitoring particulate matter (dust) loadings in the exhaust of a baghouse in order to detect bag leaks and other upset conditions. A bag le ak detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative particulate matter loadings. Capture system means the collection of c omponents used to capture the gases and fumes released from one or more emissions points and then convey the captured gas stream to a control device or to the atmosphere. A capture system may include, but is not limited to, the following components as appl icable to a given capture system design: duct intake devices, hoods, enclosures, ductwork, dampers, manifolds, plenums, fans and roofline ventilation systems . Casting means the period of time from when molten ferroalloy is removed from the tapping station until pouring into casting molds or beds is completed. This includes the following operations: pouring alloy from one ladle to another, slag separation, slag removal, and ladle transfer by crane, truck, or other conveyance. Crushing and screening equipment means the crushers,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 219 of 281 grinders, mills, screens and conveying systems used to crush, size, and prepare for packing manganese
- containing materials, including raw materials, intermediate products, and final products. Electric arc furnace means any furnace where electrical energy is converted to heat energy by transmission of current between electrodes partially submerged in the furnace charge. Furnace process cycle means the period in which the furnace is tapped to the time in which the furnace is tapped again, and includes periods of charging, smelting, tapping, casting and ladle raking. Ladle treatment means a post - tapping process including metal and alloy additions where chemistry adjustments are made in the ladle after furnace smelting to achieve a specified product. Local ventilation means hoods and ductwork designed to capture process fugitive emissions close to the area where the emissions are generated (e.g., tap hoods). Metal oxygen refining (MOR) process means the reduction of the carbon content of ferr omanganese through the use of oxygen. Outdoor fugitive dust source means a stationary source from which hazardous air pollutant
-bearing particles are discharged to the atmosphere due to wind or mechanical inducement such as*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 220 of 281 vehicle traffic. Fugitive dust s ources include plant roadways, yard areas, and outdoor material storage and transfer operations. Plant roadway means any area at a ferromanganese and silicomanganese production facility that is subject to plant mobile equipment, such as forklifts , front end loaders, or trucks, carrying manganese
-bearing materials. Excluded from this definition are employee and visitor parking areas, provided they are not subject to traffic by plant mobile equipment. Process fugitive emissions source means a source of haza rdous air pollutant emissions that is associated with a ferromanganese or silicomanganese production facility and is not a fugitive dust source. Process fugitive sources include emissions that escape capture from the electric arc furnace, tapping operation s, casting operations, ladle treatment, MOR or crushing and screening equipment. Roofline ventilation system means an exhaust system designed to evacuate process fugitive emissions that collect in the roofline area to a control device. Shop building means the building which houses one or more electric arc furnaces or other processes that generate process fugitive emissions. Shutdown means the cessation of operation of an affected*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 221 of 281 source for any purpose. Startup means the setting in operation of an af fected source for any purpose. Tapping emissions means the gases and emissions associated with removal of product from the electric arc furnace under normal operating conditions, such as removal of metal under normal pressure and movement by gravity down the spout into the ladle and filling the ladle. Tapping period means the time from when a tap hole is opened until the time a tap hole is closed. 6. Section 63.1623 is added to read as follows: §63.1623 What are the emissions standards for new, reconstructe d and existing facilities? (a) Electric arc furnaces . You must install, operate, and maintain an effective capture system that collects the emissions from each electric arc furnace operation (including charging, melting and tapping operations and emissions from any vent stacks) and conveys the collected emissions to a control device for the removal of the pollutants specified in the emissions standards specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section. (1) Particulate matter emissions . (i) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 222 of 281 arc furnace operation containing particulate matter in excess of 4 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (mg/dscm) into the atmosphere from any new or reconstructed electric arc furnace. This emission l imit must be met by any new or reconstructed furnace vent stacks. (ii) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing particulate matter in excess of 27 mg/dscm into the atmosphere from any existing electric arc fu rnace. This emission limit must be met by any existing furnace vent stacks. (2) Mercury emissions . (i) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing mercury emissions in excess of 16 μg/dscm into the atmosphere f rom any new or reconstructed electric arc furnace when producing ferromanganese. (ii) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing mercury emissions in excess of 82 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any existing
e lectric arc furnace when producing ferromanganese. (iii) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing mercury emissions in excess of 5 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any new or reconstructed electric arc furnac e when producing*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 223 of 281 silicomanganese. (iv) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing mercury emissions in excess of 12 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any existing electric arc furnace when producing silicomangan ese. (3) Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon emissions . (i) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon emissions in excess of 1,365 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any existing ele ctric arc furnace when producing ferromanganese. (ii) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon emissions in excess of 875 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any new or reconstru cted electric arc furnace when producing ferromanganese. (iii) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon emissions in excess of 111 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any existing electric arc furnace when producing silicomanganese. (iv) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon emissions in excess of 72 μg/dscm into the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 224 of 281 atmosphere from any new or recons tructed electric arc furnace when producing silicomanganese. (4) Hydrochloric acid emissions . (i) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing hydrochloric acid emissions in excess of 180 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any new or reconstructed electric arc furnace. (ii) You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing hydrochloric acid emissions in excess of 1,028 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any existing electric arc furnace. (5) Formaldehyde emissions . You must not discharge exhaust gases from each electric arc furnace operation containing formaldehyde emissions in excess of 201 μg/dscm into the atmosphere from any new, reconstructed or existing electric arc furnace. (b) Process fugitive emissions . (1) You must install, operate and maintain a capture system that is designed to collect 95 percent or more of the emissions from the process fugitive emissions sources and convey the collected emissions to a control device that is demonstrated to meet the applicable emission limit specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 225 of 281 (2) The determination of 95
-percent overall capture must be demonstrated as required by §63.16 24(a). (3) You must not cause the emissions exiting from a shop building, to exceed an average of 6 percent opacity during furnace process cycles at all times. (i) The opacity readings from the shop building must be taken every 15 seconds during the observed furnace process cycle and the 15 second readings averaged to determine if the 6 percent opacity requirement has been met. (i i ) If the average opacity reading from the shop building is greater than 6 percent opacity during an observed furnace process c ycle, an additional two more furnace process cycles must be observed within 7 days , and the average opacity during the entire observation periods must be less than 6 percent opacity. (ii i ) At no time during operation may the average of any one 6
-minute opa city reading observation block be greater than 15 percent opacity. (c) Local ventilation emissions . If you operate local ventilation to capture tapping, casting, or ladle treatment emissions and direct them to a control device other than one associated with the electric arc furnace, you must not discharge into the atmosphere any captured emissions containing*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 226 of 281 particulate matter in excess of 3.9 mg/dscm. (d) MOR process . You must not discharge into the atmosphere from any new, reconstructed or existing MOR pr ocess exhaust gases containing particulate matter in excess of 3.9 mg/dscm. (e) Crushing and screening equipment . You must not discharge into the atmosphere from any new, reconstructed, or existing piece of equipment associated with crushing and screening exhaust gases containing particulate matter in excess of 13 mg/dscm. (f) At all times, you must operate and maintain any affected source, including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination of whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to the Administrator that may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the source. 7. Section 63.1624 is added to read as follows: §63.1624 What are the operational and work practice standards for new, reco nstructed and existing facilities? (a) Process fugitive emissions sources .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 227 of 281 (1) You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, a process fugitive emissions ventilation plan that document s the design and operations to achieve at least 95 percent overall capture of process fugitive emissions. The plan will be deemed to achieve this level of capture if it consists of the following elements: (i) Documentation of engineered hoods and secondary fugitive capture systems designed according to the most rece nt, at the time of construction, ventilation design principles recommended by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). The p rocess fugitive emissions capture systems must be designed to achieve sufficient air changes to evacua te the collection area frequent ly enough to
ensure process fugitive emissions are effectively collected by the ventilation system and ducted to the control device (s) . Include a schematic for each building indicating duct sizes and locations, hood sizes and locations, control device types, size and locations, and exhaust locations. The design plan must address variables that affect capture efficiency such as operations that create cross
- drafts and describe protocol or design characteristics to minimize such events. The design plan must identify the key operating parameters and measurement locations to ensure proper operation of the system and establish*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 228 of 281 monitoring parame ter values that reflect effective capture. (ii) List of critical maintenance actions and the schedule to conduct them. (2) You must submit a copy of the process fugitive emissions ventilation plan to the designated permitting authority on or before the applicable compliance date for the affected source as specified in §63.1621 in electronic format for review and approval of the initial submittal and whenever an update is made to the procedure . The requirement for you to operate the facility according to the written process fugitives ventilation plan and specifications must be incorporated in the operating permit for the facility that is issued by the designated permitting authority under part 70 of this chapter. (3) You must update the information required in paragraph (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section every 5 years or whenever there is a significant change in variables that affect process fugitives ventilation design such as the addition of a new process. (b) Outdoor fugitive dust sources . (1) You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, an outdoor fugitive dust control plan that describes in detail the measures that will be put in place to control outdoor fugitive dust emissions from the individual fugitive dust*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 229 of 281 sources at the facility. (2) You must submit a copy of the outdoor fugitive dust control plan to the designated permitting authority on or before the applicable compliance date for the affected source as specified in §63.1621. The requirement for you to operate the facility according to a written outdoor fugitive dust control plan must be incorporated in the operating permit for the facility that is issued by the designated permitting authority under part 70 of this chapter. (3) You are permitted to use existing manuals that describe the measures in place to control outdoor fugitive dust sources required as part of a s tate implementation plan or other federally enforceable requirement for particulate matter to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 8. Section 63.162 5 is added to read as follows: §63.1625 What are the performance test and compliance requirements for new, reconstructed and existing facilities? (a) Performance testing . (1) All performance tests must be conducted according to the requirements in §63.7 of subpart A. (2) Each performance test must consist of three separate and complete runs using the applicable test methods. (3) Each run must be conducted under conditions that are*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 230 of 281 representative of normal process operations. (4) Performance tests conducte d on air pollution control devices serving electric arc furnaces must be conducted such that at least one tapping period, or at least 20 minutes of a tapping period, whichever is less, is included in at least two of the three runs. The sampling time for ea ch run must be at least as long as three times the average tapping period of the tested furnace, but no less than 60 minutes. (5) You must conduct the performance tests specified in paragraph (c) of this section under such conditions as the Administrator s pecifies based on representative performance of the affected source for the period being tested. Upon request, you must make available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to determine the conditions of performance tests. (b) Test methods. The following test methods in appendices of part 60 or 63 of this chapter or as specified elsewhere must be used to determine compliance with the emission standards. (1) Method 1 of Appendix A
- 1 of 40 CFR part 60 to select the sampling port location and the number of traverse points. (2) Method 2 of Appendix A
- 1 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas. (3)(i) Method 3A or 3B of Appendix A
- 2 of 40 CFR part 60 (with integrated bag sampling) to determine the outlet stack and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 231 of 281 i nlet oxygen and CO 2 content. (ii) You must measure CO 2 concentrations at both the inlet and outlet of the positive pressure fabric filter in conjunction with the pollutant sampling in order to determine isokinetic sampling rates. (iii) As an alternative to EPA Reference Method 3B, ASME PTC - 19
- 10
- 1981
- Part 10, “Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses” may be used (incorporated by reference, see 40 CFR 63.14). (4) Method 4 of Appendix A
- 3 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas. (5)(i) Method 5 of Appendix A
- 3 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine the particulate matter concentration of the stack gas for negative pressure baghouses and positive pressure baghouses with stacks. (ii) Method 5D of Appendix A
- 3 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine particulate matter concentration and volumetric flow rate of the stack gas for positive pressure baghouses without stacks. (iii) The sample volume for each run must be a minimum of 4.0 cubic meters (141.2 cubic feet). For Method 5 testing only, you may choose to coll ect less than 4.0 cubic meters per run provided that the filterable mass collected (e.g., net filter mass plus mass of nozzle, probe and filter holder rinses) is*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 232 of 281 equal to or greater than 10 mg. If the total mass collected for two of three of the runs is le ss than 10 mg, you must conduct at least one additional test run that produces at least 10 mg of filterable mass collected (i.e., at a greater sample volume). Report the results of all test runs. (6) Method 30B of Appendix A
- 8 of 40 CFR part 60 to measure mercury. Apply the minimum sample volume determination procedures as per the method. (7)(i) Method 26A of Appendix A
- 8 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine outlet stack or inlet hydrochloric acid concentration. (ii) Collect a minimum volume of 2 cubic meters. (8 )(i) Method 316 of Appendix A of 40 CFR part 63 to determine outlet stack or inlet formaldehyde. (ii) Collect a minimum volume of 1.0 cubic meter. (9) Method 9 of Appendix A
- 4 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine opacity. ASTM D7520
- 09, “Standard Test Method for Determining the Opacity of a Plume in the Outdoor Ambient Atmosphere” may be used (incorporated by reference, see 40 CFR 63.14) with the following conditions: (i) During the digital camera opacity technique (DCOT) certification procedure outlined in Secti on 9.2 of ASTM D7520
- 09, you or the DCOT vendor must present the plumes in front of various backgrounds of color and contrast representing*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 233 of 281 conditions anticipated during field use such as blue sky, trees and mixed backgrounds (clouds and/or a sparse tree st and). (ii) You must also have standard operating procedures in place including daily or other frequency quality checks to ensure the equipment is within manufacturing specifications as outlined in Section 8.1 of ASTM D7520
- 09. (iii) You must follow the rec ordkeeping procedures outlined in §63.10(b)(1) for the DCOT certification, compliance report, data sheets and all raw unaltered JPEGs used for opacity and certification determination. (iv) You or the DCOT vendor must have a minimum of four (4) independent technology users apply the software to determine the visible opacity of the 300 certification plumes. For each set of 25 plumes, the user may not exceed 15 percent opacity of any one reading and the average error must not exceed 7.5 percent opacity. (v) Us e of this approved alternative does not provide or imply a certification or validation of any vendor’s hardware or software. The onus to maintain and verify the certification and/or training of the DCOT camera, software and operator in accordance with ASTM D7520
- 09 and these requirements is on the facility, DCOT operator and DCOT vendor. (10) Methods to determine the mercury content of manganese*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 234 of 281 ore including a total metals digestion technique, SW
- 846 Method 3052, and a mercury specific analysis method, SW
- 846 Method 7471b (Cold Vapor AA) or Water Method 1631E (Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence). (11) California Air Resources Board (CARB) Method 429, Determination of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH) Emissions from Stationary Sources to determine total PAH emissions. The method is available from California Resources Board, 1102 Q Street, Sacramento, California 95814, ( http://www.arb.ca.gov/testmeth/vol3/M_429.pdf ). (12) The owner or operator may use alternative measurement methods approved by the Administrator following the procedures described in §63.7(f) of subpart A. (c) Compliance demonstration with the emission standards . (1) Initial Performance Test . You must conduct an initial performance test for air pollution control devices or vent stacks subject to §63.1623(a) , (b)(1) and (c) through (e) to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standards. (2) Periodic Performance Test . (i ) You must conduct annual particulate matter and mercury performance tests for wet scrubber air pollution control devices subject to §63.1623(a) (1) and (a)(2) to demonstrate complianc e with the applicable emission standards.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 235 of 281 (ii) You must conduct ongoing performance tests every five years for fabric filter air pollution control devices or vent stacks subject to §63.1623(a) (1) and (a)(2) to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emi ssion standards. (ii i ) You must conduct ongoing performance tests every five years for air pollution control devices or vent stacks subject to §63.1623 (a)( 3 ) through (a)(5), (b)(1) and (c) through (e) to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standards. ( 3 ) Compliance is demonstrated for all sources performing emissions tests if the average concentration for the three runs comprising the performance test does not exceed the standard. ( 4 ) Operating Limits . You must establish parameter operating limits according to paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (c)( 3 )(vi) of this section. Unless otherwise specified, compliance with each established operating limit shall be demonstrated for each 24
- hour operating day. (i) For a wet particulate matter scrubber, you must establish the minimum liquid flow rate and pressure drop as your operating limits during the three
- run performance test. If you use a wet particulate matter scrubber and you conduct separate performance tests for particulate matter, you must establish one set of minimum liquid flow rate and pressure drop operating limits. If you conduct multiple performance tests, you must set*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 236 of 281 the minimum liquid flow rate and pressure drop operating limits at the highest minimum hourly average values established during the performance tests. (ii) For a wet acid gas scrubber, you must establish the minimum liquid flow rate and pH, as your operating limits during the three
- run performance test. If you use a wet acid gas scrubber and you conduct separate performance tests f or hydrochloric acid, you must establish one set of minimum liquid flow rate and pH operating limits. If you conduct multiple performance tests, you must set the minimum liquid flow rate and pH operating limits at the highest minimum hourly average values established during the performance tests. (iii) For a dry scrubber, dry sorbent injection (DSI) system or activated carbon injection system, you must establish the minimum hourly average sorbent or activated carbon injection rate, as measured during the th ree - run performance test as your operating limit. (iv) For emission sources with fabric filters that choose to demonstrate continuous compliance through bag leak detection systems you must install a bag leak detection system according to the requirements i n §63.1626(d), and you must set your operating limit such that the sum duration of bag leak detection system alarms does not exceed 5 percent of the process operating*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 237 of 281 time during a 6
-month period. (v) If you choose to demonstrate continuous compliance through a particulate matter CEMS, you must determine an operating limit (particulate matter concentration in mg/dscm) during performance testing for initial particulate matter compliance. The operating limit will be the average of the PM filterable results of the three Method 5 or Method 5D of Appendix A
- 3 of 40 CFR part 60 performance test runs. To determine continuous compliance, the hourly average PM concentrations will be averaged on a rolling 30 operating day basis. Each 30 operating day average would have to meet the PM operating limit. (vi ) For any furnace stack, you must establish a weighted average mercury concentration of the manganese ore being used in the furnace during the emission test. Collect a sample of all ores used in the furnace and prepare a weighted average based on the relative mass of each type of ore used in the furnace charge. (d) Compliance demonstration with shop building opacity standards . (1)(i) If you are subject to §63.1623(b), you must conduct opacity observations of the shop bui lding to demonstrate compliance with the applicable opacity standards according to*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 238 of 281 §63.6(h)(5), which addresses the conduct of opacity or visible emission observations. (ii) You must conduct the opacity observations according to EPA Method 9 of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A
- 4, for a period that includes at least one complete furnace process cycle for each furnace. (iii) You must conduct the opacity observations at least
once per week for each operating furnace. (2)(i) When demonstrating initial compliance with the shop building opacity standard, as required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section, you must simultaneously monitor parameter values for one of the following: the capture system fan motor amperes and all capture system damper positions, the total volumet ric flow rate to the air pollution control device and all capture system damper positions, or volumetric flow rate through each separately ducted hood that comprises the capture system. Subsequently you must monitor these parameters according to § 63.1626( h) and ensure they remain within 10 percent of the value recorded during the compliant opacity readings. (ii) You may petition the Administrator to reestablish these parameter ranges whenever you can demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that the electric arc furnace operating conditions upon which the parameter ranges were*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 239 of 281 previously established are no longer applicable. The values of these parameter ranges determined during the most recent demonstration of compliance must be maintained at the appropriate level for each applicable period. (3) You will demonstrate continuing compliance with the opacity standards by following the monitoring requirements specified in §63.1626(h) and the reporting and recordkeeping requirements specified in §63.1629(b )(5). (e) Compliance demonstration with the operational and work practice standards (1) Process fugitive emissions sources . You will demonstrate compliance by developing and maintaining a process fugitives ventilation plan, by reporting any deviations from the plan and by taking necessary corrective actions to correct deviations or deficiencies. (2) Outdoor fugitive dust sources . You will demonstrate compliance by developing and maintaining an outdoor fugitive dust control plan, by reporting any deviati ons from the plan and by taking necessary corrective actions to correct deviations or deficiencies. (3) Baghouses equipped with bag leak detection systems . You will demonstrate compliance with the bag leak detection system requirements by developing analys is and supporting documentation*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 240 of 281 demonstrating conformance with EPA guidance and specifications for bag leak detection systems in §60.57c(h). 9. Section 63.1626 is added to read as follows: §63.1626 What monitoring requirements must I meet? (a) Baghouse Monitoring . You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, a standard operating procedures manual that describes in detail procedures for inspection, maintenance, and bag leak detection and corrective action plans for all baghouses (fabric filter s or cartridge filters) that are used to control process vents, process fugitive, or outdoor fugitive dust emissions from any source subject to the emissions standards in §63.1623. (b) You must submit the standard operating procedures manual for baghouses required by paragraph (a) of this section to the Administrator or delegated authority for review and approval. (c) Unless the baghouse is equipped with a bag leak detection system, the procedures that you specify in the standard operating procedures manua l for inspections and routine maintenance must, at a minimum, include the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section. (1) You must observe the baghouse outlet on a daily basis for the presence of any visible emissions.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 241 of 281 (2) In addition to the daily visible emissions observation, you must conduct the following activities: (i) Weekly confirmation that dust is being removed from hoppers through visual inspection, or equivalent means of ensuring the proper functioning of removal mechanisms. (ii ) Daily check of compressed air supply for pulse
- jet baghouses. (iii) An appropriate methodology for monitoring cleaning cycles to ensure proper operation. (iv) Monthly check of bag cleaning mechanisms for proper functioning through visual inspection or equivalent means. (v) Quarterly visual check of bag tension on reverse air and shaker
- type baghouses to ensure that the bags are not kinked (kneed or bent) or lying on their sides. Such checks are not required for shaker
- type baghouses using self
- tensioning (spring loaded) devices. (vi) Quarterly confirmation of the physical integrity of the baghouse structure through visual inspection of the baghouse interior for air leaks. (vii) Semiannual inspection of fans for wear, material buildup, and corrosion through visual inspection, vibration detectors, or equivalent means. (d) Bag leak detection system .*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 242 of 281 (1) For each baghouse used to control emissions from an electric arc furnace, you must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system according to par agraphs (d)(2) through (d)(4) of this section, unless a system meeting the requirements of paragraph ( q ) of this section, for a CEMS and continuous emissions rate monitoring system, is installed for monitoring the concentration of particulate matter. You may choose to install, operate and maintain a bag leak detection system for any other baghouse in operation at the facility according to paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(4) of this section. (2) The procedures you specified in the standard operating procedures manual for baghouse maintenance must include, at a minimum, a preventative maintenance schedule that is consistent with the baghouse manufacturer's instructions for routine and long
- term maintenance. (3) Each bag leak detection system must meet the specifi cations and requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (d)(3)(viii) of this section. (i) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable of detecting PM emissions at concentrations of 1.0 milligram per dry standard cubic meter (0.00044 grains per actual cubic foot) or less. (ii) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 243 of 281 output of relative PM loadings. (iii) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm system that will alarm when an increase in rel ative particulate loadings is detected over a preset level. (iv) You must install and operate the bag leak detection system in a manner consistent with the guidance provided in “Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) Fabric Filter Bag Leak De tection Guidance” EPA
- 454/R

- 98
- 015, September 1997 (incorporated by reference) and the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for installation, operation, and adjustment of the system. (v) The initial adjustment of the system must, at a minimum, consist of establishing the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device, and establishing the alarm set points and the alarm delay time. (vi) Following initial adjustment, you must not adjust the
sen sitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or alarm delay time, except as detailed in the approved standard operating procedures manual required under paragraph (a) of this section. You cannot increase the sensitivity by more than 100 percent o r decrease the sensitivity by more than 50 percent over a 365
- day period unless such adjustment follows a complete*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 244 of 281 baghouse inspection that demonstrates that the baghouse is in good operating condition. (vii) You must install the bag leak detector downstre am of the baghouse. (viii) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors. (4) You must include in the standard operating procedures manual required by paragraph (a) of this section a corrective action plan that specifies the procedures to be followed in the case of a bag leak detection system alarm. The corrective action plan must include, at a minimum, the procedures that you will use to determine and record the time and cause of the alarm as
we ll as the corrective actions taken to minimize emissions as specified in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) and (d)(4)(ii) of this section. (i) The procedures used to determine the cause of the alarm must be initiated within 30 minutes of the alarm. (ii) The cause of the alarm must be alleviated by taking the necessary corrective action(s) that may include, but not be limited to, those listed in paragraphs (d)(4)(i)(A) through (d)(4)(i)(F) of this section. (A) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken filte r elements, or any other malfunction that may cause an*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 245 of 281 increase in emissions. (B) Sealing off defective bags or filter media. (C) Replacing defective bags or filter media, or otherwise repairing the control device. (D) Sealing off a defective baghouse comp artment. (E) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise repairing the bag leak detection system. (F) Shutting down the process producing the particulate emissions. (e) If you use a wet particulate matter scrubber, you must collect the press ure drop and liquid flow rate monitoring system data according to §63.1629, reduce the data to 24
- hour block averages and maintain the 24
- hour average pressure drop and liquid flow
- rate at or above the operating limits established during the performance te st according to §63.1625(c)( 4 )(i). (f) If you use curtains or partitions to prevent process fugitive emissions from escaping the area around the process fugitive emission source or other parts of the building, you must perform quarterly inspections of the physical condition of these curtains or partitions to determine if there are any tears or openings. (g) If you use a dry scrubber, DSI sorbent injection or carbon injection, you must collect the sorbent or carbon injection rate monitoring system data for the dry scrubber, DSI*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 246 of 281 or ACI according to §63.1629, reducing the data to 24
- hour block averages; and maintain the 24
- hour average sorbent or carbon injection rate at or above the operating limit established during the performance test according to § 63.1625( c)( 4 )(iii). (h) Shop building opacity . In order to demonstrate continuous compliance with the opacity standards in §63.1623, you must comply with the requirements §63.1625(d)(1) and one of the monitoring options in paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2) or (h)(3) of th is section. The selected option must be consistent with that selected during the initial performance test described in §63.1625(d)(2). Alternatively, you may use the provisions of §63.8(f) to request approval to use an alternative monitoring method. (1) You must check and record the control system fan motor amperes and capture system damper positions once per shift. (2) You must install, calibrate, and maintain a monitoring device that continuously records the volumetric flow rate through each separately du cted hood. (3) You must install, calibrate, and maintain a monitoring device that continuously records the volumetric flow rate at the inlet of the air pollution control device and check and record the capture system damper positions once per shift. (4) The flow rate monitoring devices must meet the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 247 of 281 following requirements: (i) Be installed in an appropriate location in the exhaust duct such that reproducible flow rate monitoring will result. (ii) Have an accuracy ±10 percent over its normal operating range and be calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions. (5) The Administrator may require you to demonstrate the accuracy of the monitoring device(s) relative to Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A
- 1 of part 60 of this chapter. (6) Failure to maintain the appropriate capture system parameters (fan motor amperes, flow rate, and/or damper positions) establishes the need to initiate corrective action as soon as practicable after the monitoring excursion in order to minimize excess emissions. (i) Furnace Cap ture System . You must perform quarterly (once every three months) inspections of the furnace fugitive capture system equipment to ensure that the hood location s have not been changed or obstructed because of contact with cranes or ladles, quarterly inspect ions of the physical condition of hoods and ductwork to the control device to determine if there are any openings or leaks in the ductwork, quarterly inspections of the hoods and ductwork to determine if there are any flow constrictions in ductwork due to dents or accumulated dust, and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 248 of 281 quarterly examinations of the operational status of flow rate controllers (pressure sensors, dampers, damper switches, etc.) to ensure they are operating correctly. Any deficiencies must be recorded and proper maintenance and repairs performed. (j) Requirements for sources using CMS . If you demonstrate compliance with any applicable emissions limit through use of a continuous monitoring system (CMS), where a CMS includes a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) as well as a continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS), you must develop a site
- specific monitoring plan and submit this site
- specific monitoring plan, if requested, at least 60 days before your initial performance evaluation (where applicable) of your CMS. Your site
- specific monitoring plan must address the monitoring system design, data collection, and the quality assurance and quality control elements outlined in this section and in §63.8(d). You must install, operate, and maintain each CMS according to the procedures in your approved site
- specific monitoring plan. Using the process described in §63.8(f)(4), you may request approval of monitoring system quality assurance and quality control procedures alternative to those specified in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(6) of this section in your site
specific monitoring plan. (1) The performance criteria and design specifications for*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 249 of 281 the monitoring system equipment, including the sample interface, detector signal analyzer and data acquisition and calculations; (2) Sampling interface location such that the monitoring system will provide representative measurements; (3) Equipment performance checks, system accuracy audits, or other audit procedures; (4) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of §63.8(c)(1) and (c)(3); and (5) Conditions that define a continuous monitoring system that is out of control consistent with §63.8(c)(7)(i) and for responding to out of control periods consistent with §63.8(c)(7)(ii) and (c)(8) or Appendix A to this subpart, as applicable. (6) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance with provisions in §63.10(c), (e)(1) and (e)(2)(i) and Appendix A to this subpart, as applicable. (k) If you have an operating limit that requir es the use of a CPMS, you must install, operate, and maintain each continuous parameter monitoring system according to the procedures in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this section. (1) The continuous parameter monitoring system must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 250 of 281 15
-minute period. You must have a minimum of four successive cycles of operation to have a valid hour of data. (2) Except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions, repairs associated with monitoring syst em malfunctions, and required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control activities (including, as applicable, system accuracy audits and required zero and span adjustments) , you must operate the CMS at all times the affected source is operatin g. A monitoring system malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring system to provide valid data. Monitoring system failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctio ns. You are required to complete monitoring system repairs in response to monitoring system malfunctions and to return the monitoring system to operation as expeditiously as practicable . (3) You may not use data recorded during monitoring system malfuncti ons, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions, or required monitoring system quality assurance or control activities in calculations used to report emissions or operating levels. You must use all the data collected during all other required data collection periods in assessing the operation of the control device and associated control system. (4) Except for periods of monitoring system malfunctions,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 251 of 281 repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions , and required quality monitoring system quality assurance or quality control activities (including, as applicable, system accuracy audits and required zero and span adjustments), failure to collect required data is a deviation of the monitoring requirements. (5) You must conduct other CPMS equipment performance checks, system accuracy audits, or other audit procedures specified in your site
- specific monitoring plan at least once every 12 months. (6) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CPMS in accordance with your site
- specific moni toring plan. (7) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, and validation check. (l) CPMS for measuring gaseous flow . (1) Use a flow sensor with a measurement sensitivity of 5 percent of the flow rate or 10 cubic feet per minute, whichever is greater, (2) Check all mechanical connections for leakage at least every month, and (3) Perform a visual inspection at least every 3 months of all components of the flow CPMS for physical and operational integrity and all electrical connectio ns for oxidation and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 252 of 281 galvanic corrosion if your flow CPMS is not equipped with a redundant flow sensor. (m) CPMS for measuring liquid flow . (1) Use a flow sensor with a measurement sensitivity of 2 percent of the flow rate and (2) Reduce swirling flow or abnormal velocity distributions due to upstream and downstream disturbances. (n) CPMS for measuring pressure . (1) Minimize or eliminate pulsating pressure, vibration, and internal and external corrosion and (2) Use a gauge with a minimum tolerance of 1.27 centimeters of water or a transducer with a minimum tolerance of 1 percent of the pressure range. (3) Perform checks at least once each process operating day to ensure pressure measurements are not obstructed ( e.g. , check for pressure tap pluggage daily). (o) CPMS measuring flow of sorbent or carbon ( e.g., weigh belt, weigh hopper, or hopper flow measurement device) . Install and calibrate the device in accordance with manufacturer's procedures and specifications. (p) CPMS for measuring pH . (1) E nsure the s ample is properly mixed and representative of the fluid to be measured.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 253 of 281 (2) Check the pH meter's calibration on at least two points every eight hours of process operation. (q) Particulate Matter CEMS . If you are using a CEMS to measure particulate matter emissions to meet requirements of this subpart, you must install, certify, operate, and maintain the particulate matter CEMS as specified in paragraphs (q)(1) through (q)(4) of this section. (1) You must conduct a performance evaluation of the PM CEMS according to the applicable requirements of §60.13, and Performance Specification 11 at 40 CFR part 60, Appendix B of this chapter. (2) During each PM correlation testing run of the CEMS required by Performance Specification 11 at 40 CFR part 60, Appendix B of this chapter, PM and oxygen (or carbon dioxide) collect data concurrently (or within a 30
- to 60
-minute period) by both the CEMS and by conducting performance tests using Method 5 or 5D at 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A

– 3 or Method 17 at 40 CFR part 60, Appendi x A

– 6 of this chapter. (3) Perform quarterly accuracy determinations and daily calibration drift tests in accordance with Procedure 2 at 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F of this chapter. Relative Response Audits must be performed annually and Response Correlation Audits must be performed every three years.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 254 of 281 (4) Within 60 days after the date of completing each CEMS relative accuracy test audit or performance test conducted to demonstrate compliance with this subpart, you must submit the relative accuracy test audit data and the results o f the performance test in the as specified in §63.1629(e) . (r) Ore Sampling Requirements . (1) Following completion of the initial compliance demonstration where you established a weighted average mercury concentration of the manganese ore be ing used in the furnace during the emission test, you must determine the weighted average mercury concentration of the manganese ores used in the process on a monthly basis. If you introduce a new type of ore, you must analyze the sample according the meth ods specified in §63.1625(b)(10) and factor the results into your updated weighted average mercury concentration. (2) If the weighted average mercury concentration is more than 10 percent higher than the weighted average operating limit, and you are operat ing an activated carbon injection system, you must reassess the activated carbon injection rate and revise the rate according to procedures established in your CMS monitoring plan. (3) If the weighted average mercury concentration is more than 10 percent h igher than the weighted average operating*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 255 of 281 limit, and you are not operating an activated carbon injection system, you must retest the control device within 30 days to demonstrate compliance with the mercury emission limit and establish a new weighted average mercury concentration and associated activated carbon injection rate. 10. Section 63.1627 is added to read as follows: §63.1627 Affirmative Defense for Violation of Emission S tandards During Malfunction? In response to an action to enforce the standards set forth in paragraph §63.1623, you may assert an affirmative defense to a claim for civil penalties for violations of such standards that are caused by malfunction, as defined at 40 CFR 63.2. Appropriate penalties may be assessed if you fail to meet your burden of proving all of the requirements in the affirmative defense, the affirmative defense shall not be available for claims for injunctive relief. (a) Assertion of Affirmative Defense . To establish the affirmative defense in any action to enforce such a standard, you must timely meet the reporting requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, and you must prove by a preponderance of evidence that: (1) The violation: (i) Was caused by a sudden, infrequent, and unavoidable*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 256 of 281 failure of air pollution contr ol equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner; and (ii) Could not have been prevented through careful planning, proper design or better operation and maintenance practices; and (iii) Did not stem from any activity or event that could have been foreseen and avoided, or planned for; and (iv) Was not part of a recurring pattern indicative of inadequate design, operation, or maintenance; and (2) Repairs were made as expeditiously as possible when a violation occurred; and (3) The frequency, amount , and duration of the violation (including any bypass) were minimized to the maximum extent practicable; and (4) If the violation resulted from a bypass of control equipment or a process, then the bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage; and (5) All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact of the violation on ambient air quality, the environment , and human health; and (6) All emissions monitoring and control systems were kep t in operation if at all possible, consistent with safety and good*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 257 of 281 air pollution control practices; and (7) All of the actions in response to the violation were documented by properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs; and (8) At all times, the affect ed source was operated in a manner consistent with good practices for minimizing emissions; and (9) A written root cause analysis has been prepared, the purpose of which is to determine, correct, and eliminate the primary causes of the malfunction and the violation resulting from the malfunction event at issue. The analysis shall also specify, using best monitoring methods and engineering judgment, the amount of any emissions that were the result of the malfunction. (b) Report. The owner or operator seeking to assert an affirmative defense shall submit a written report to the Administrator with all necessary supporting documentation, that explains how it has met the requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. This affirmative defense report shal l be included in the first periodic compliance, deviation report or excess emission report otherwise required after the initial occurrence of the violation of the relevant standard (which may be the end of any applicable averaging period). If such*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 258 of 281 complian ce, deviation report or excess emission report is due less than 45 days after the initial occurrence of the violation, the affirmative defense report may be included in the second compliance, deviation report or excess emission report due after the initial occurrence of the violation of the relevant standard. 11. Section 63.1628 is added to read as follows: §63.1628 What notification requirements must I meet? (a) You must comply with all of the notification requirements of §63.9 of subpart A, General Provis ions. Electronic notifications are encouraged when possible. (b)(1) You must submit the process fugitives ventilation plan required under §63.1624(a), the outdoor fugitive dust control plan required under §63.1624(b), the site
- specific monitoring plan for CMS required under §63.1626(j), and the standard operating pr ocedures manual for baghouses required under §63.1626(a) to the Administrator or delegated authority along with a notification that you are seeking review and approval of these plans and procedures. You must submit this notification no later than [ 1 YEAR AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE ]. For sources that commenced construction or reconstruction after [ EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE ], you must submit this notification no later than 180 days before startup of the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 259 of 281 constructed or reconstructed ferromanganese o r silicomanganese production facility. For an affected source that has received a construction permit from the Administrator or delegated authority on or before [ EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE ], you must submit this notification no later than [ 1 YEAR AFTER E FFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE ]. (2) The plans and procedures documents submitted as required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be submitted to the Administrator in electronic format for review and approval of the initial submittal and whenever an update is made to the procedure. 12. Section 63.1629 is added to read as follows: §63.1629 What recordkeeping and reporting requirements must I meet? (a) You must comply with all of the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in §63.10 of the General Provisions that are referenced in Table 1 to this subpart. (1) Records must be maintained in a form suitable and readily available for expeditious review, according to §63.10(b)(1). However, electronic recordkeeping and reporting is encouraged, and required for some records and reports. (2) Records must be kept on site for at least two years after the date of occurrence, measurement, maintenance,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 260 of 281 corrective action, report, or record, according to §63.10(b)(1). (b) You must maintain, for a period o f five years, records of the information listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(13) of this section. (1) Electronic records of the bag leak detection system output. (2) An identification of the date and time of all bag leak detection system alarms, the time that procedures to determine the cause of the alarm were initiated, the cause of the alarm, an explanation of the corrective actions taken, and the date and time the cause of the alarm was corrected. (3) All records of inspections and maintenance activ ities required under §63.1626(a) as part of the practices described in the standard operating procedures manual for baghouses required under §63.1626(c). (4) Electronic records of the pressure drop and water flow rate values for wet scrubbers used to contr ol particulate matter emissions as required in §63.1626(e), identification of periods when the 1
- hour average pressure drop and water flow rate values below the established minimum established and an explanation of the corrective actions taken. (5) Electro nic records of the shop building capture system monitoring required under §63.1626(h)(1) through (h)(3), (h)(7)*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 261 of 281 and (h)(8) , as applicable, identification of periods when the capture system parameters were not maintained or the manganese concentration exce eded the rolling 10
- sample concentration level as required under §63.1623(b)(3) and an explanation of the corrective actions taken. (6) Records of the results of monthly inspections of the furnace capture system required under §63.1626(i). (7) Electronic records of the continuous flow monitors or pressure monitors required under §63.1626(j) and (k) and an identification of periods when the flow rate or pressure was not maintained as required in §63.1626(e). (8) Electronic records of the output of any CEMS installed to monitor particulate matter emissions meeting the requirements of §63.1626(j) (9) Records of the total sorbent injection rate required under §63.1626(k). (10) Records of the occurrence and duration of each startup and/or shutdown. (11) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of operation (i.e., process equipment) or the air pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment. (12) Records of actions taken during periods of malfunction to minimize emissions in accordance with §63.1623(g), including*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 262 of 281 corrective actions to restore malfunctioning process and air pollution control and monitoring equipment to its normal or usual manner of operation. (13) Records that explain the periods when the procedures outlined in the process fugitives ventilation plan required under §63.1624(a), the fugitives dust control plan required under §63.1624(b), the site
- specific monitoring plan for CMS required under §63.1626(j), the standard operating procedures manual for baghouses required under §63 .1626(a) and the manganese monitoring alternative plan required under §63.1626(h)(8) were not followed and the corrective actions taken. (c) You must comply with all of the reporting requirements specified in §63.10 of the General Provisions that are referenced in Table 1 to this subpart. (1) You must submit reports no less frequently than specified under §63.10(e)(3) of the General Provisions. (2) Once a source reports a violation of the standard or excess emissions, you must follow the reporting format required under §63.10(e)(3) until a request to reduce reporting frequency is approved by the Administrator. (d) In addition to the information required under the applicable sections of §63.10, you must include in the reports*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 263 of 2 81 required under paragraph (c) of this section the information specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(7) of this section. (1) Reports that explain the periods when the procedures outlined in the process fugitives ventilation plan required under §63.1624(a), the fugitives dust control plan required under §63.1624(b), the site
- specific monitoring plan for CMS required under §63.1626(j), the standard operating procedures manual for baghouses required under §63.1626(a) and the manganese monitoring alternative plan required under §63.1626(h )(8) were not followed and the corrective actions taken. (2) Reports that identify the periods when the average hourly pressure drop or flow rate of venturi scrubbers used to control particulate emissions dropped below the levels established in §63.1626(e) and an explanation of the corrective actions taken. (3) Bag leak detection system . Reports including the following information: (i) Records of all alarms. (ii) Description of the actions taken following each bag leak detection system alarm. (4) Reports of the shop building capture system monitoring required under §63.1626(h)(1) through (h)(3), (h)(7) and (h)(8),*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 264 of 281 as applicable, identification of periods when the capture system parameters were not maintained or the manganese concentration
excee ded the rolling 10
- sample concentration level as required under §63.1623(b)(3) and an explanation of the corrective actions taken. (5) Reports of the results of monthly inspections of the furnace capture system required under §63.1626(g). (6) Reports of the CPMS required under §63.1626, an identification of periods when the monitored parameters were not maintained as required in §63.1626, and corrective actions taken. (7) If a malfunction occurred during the reporting period, the report must include the number, duration, and a brief description for each type of malfunction that occurred during the reporting period and caused or may have caused any applicable emissions limitation to be exceeded. The report must also include a description of actions taken by an owner or operator during a malfunction of an affected source to minimize emissions in accordance with §63.1623(g), including actions taken to correct a malfunction. (e) Within 60 days after the date of completing each CEMS relative accuracy test audit or performance test conducted to demonstrate compliance with this subpart, you must submit the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 265 of 281 relative accuracy test audit data and the results of the performance test in the method specified by paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(2) of this section. The result s of the performance test must contain the information listed in paragraph (e)( 2 ) of this section. (1)(i) Within 60 days after the date of completing each performance test (as defined in §63.2), you must submit the results of the performance tests, includi ng any associated fuel analyses, required by this subpart according to the methods specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(A) or (e)(1)(i)(B) of this section. (A) For data collected using test methods supported by the EPA’s Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) as lis ted on the EPA’s ERT website (http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ert/index.html) , you must submit the results of the performance test to the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI) that is accessed through the EPA’s Central Data Exchange (CDX) (http://cdx.epa.gov/epa_home.asp), unless the Administrator approves another approach. Performance test data must be submitted in a file format generated through the use of the EPA’s ERT. Owners or operators, who claim that some of the information being s ubmitted for performance tests is confidential business information (CBI), must submit a complete*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 266 of 281 file generated through the use of the EPA’s ERT, including information claimed to be CBI, on a compact disk, flash drive, or other commonly used electronic st orage media to the EPA.. The electronic media must be clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAPQS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: WebFIRE Administrator, MD C404
- 02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same ERT file with the CBI omitted must be s ubmitted to the EPA via CDX as described earlier in this paragraph. (B) For any performance test conducted using test methods that are not supported by the EPA’s ERT as listed on the EPA’s ERT website, the owner or operator shall submit the results of the performance test to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in §63.13. (ii) Within 60 days after the date of completing each CEMS performance evaluation (as defined in §63.2), you must submit the results of the performance evaluation according to the method specified by either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section. (A) For data collection of relative accuracy test audit (RATA) pollutants that are supported by the EPA’s ERT as listed on the EPA’s ERT website, you must submit the results of the performance evaluation to the CEDRI that is accessed through the EPA’s CDX, unless the Administrator approves another approach.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 267 of 281 Performance evaluation data must be submitted in a file format generated through the use of the EPA’s ERT. If you claim tha t some of the performance evaluation information being transmitted is CBI, you must submit a complete file generated through the use of the EPA’s ERT, including information claimed to be CBI, on a compact disk or other commonly used electronic storage medi a (including, but not limited to, flash drives) by registered letter to the EPA. The compact disk shall be clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAPQS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: WebFIRE Administrator, MD C404
- 02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 2770 3. The same ERT file with the CBI omitted must be submitted to the EPA via CDX as described earlier in this paragraph. (B) For any performance evaluations with RATA pollutants that are not supported by the EPA’s ERT as listed on the EPA’s ERT website, you shall submit the results of the performance evaluation to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in §63.13.

( 2 ) The results of a performance test shall include the purpose of the test; a brief process description; a complete unit descriptio n, including a description of feed streams and control devices; sampling site description; pollutants measured;*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 268 of 281 description of sampling and analysis procedures and any modifications to standard procedures; quality assurance procedures; record of operating conditions, including operating parameters for which limits are being set, during the test; record of preparation of standards; record of calibrations; raw data sheets for field sampling; raw data sheets for field and laboratory analyses; chain
- of
- custody documentation; explanation of laboratory data qualifiers; example calculations of all applicable stack gas parameters, emission rates, percent reduction rates, and analytical results, as applicable; and any other information required by the test method, a relevant standard, or the Administrator. 13. Section 63.1630 is added to read as follows: §63.1630 Who implements and enforces this subpart? (a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable state, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a state, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. E PA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to a state, local, or tribal agency. (b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 269 of 281 of this subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities co ntained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be transferred to the state, local, or tribal agency. (c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to state, local, or tribal agencies are as specified in par agraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section. (1) Approval of alternatives to requirements in §§63.1620 and 63.1621 and 63.1623 and 63.1624. (2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart. (3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under §63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart. (4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as r equired in this subpart. 14. Section 63.1650 is amended by: a. Revising paragraph (d); b. Removing and reserving paragraph (e)(1); and c. Revising paragraph (e)(2) to read as follows: §63.1650 Applicability and Compliance Dates.*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 270 of 281 * * * * * (d) Table 1 to this subpart specifies the provisions of subpart A of this part that apply to owners and operators of ferroalloy production facilities subject to this subpart. (e) * * * (1) [Reserved] (2) Each owner or operator of a new or reconstructed affected source that commences construction or reconstruction after August 4, 1998 and before [INSERT DATE OF PUBLICATION OF THE PROPOSED RULE IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER], must comply with the requirements of this subpart by May 20,1999 or upon startup of operations, whichever is later. 15. Section 63.1651 is amended by adding a definition for “Affirmative defense” in alphabetic order to read as follows: §63.1651 Definitions. Affirmative defense means, in the context of an enforcement proceeding, a response or defense put forward by a defendant, regarding which the defendant has the burden of proof, and the merits of which are independently and objectively evaluated in a judicial or administrative proceeding. * * * * * 16. Section 63.1652 is amended by adding paragraph (f) to read as follows:*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 271 of 281 §63.1652 Emission standards. * * * * * (f) At all times, you must operate and maintain any affected source, including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pol lution control practices for minimizing emissions. Determination of whether such operation and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to the Administrator that may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the source. 17. Section 63.1656 is amended by: a. Adding paragraph (a)(6); b. Revising paragraph (b)(7); c. Revising paragraph (e)(1); and d. Remov ing and reserving paragraph (e)(2)(ii) to read as follows: §63.1656 Performance testing, test methods, and compliance demonstrations. (a) * * * (6) You must conduct the performance tests specified in paragraph (c) of this section under such conditions as the*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 272 of 281 Administrator specifies based on representative performance of the affected source for the period being tested. Upon request, you must make available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to determine the conditions of performance tests. * * * * * (b)(7) Method 9 of Appendix A
- 4 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine opacity. ASTM D7520
- 09, “Standard Test Method for Determining the Opacity of a Plume in the Outdoor Ambient Atmosphere” may be used (incorporated by reference, see 40 CFR 63.14) with the following conditions: (i) During the digital camera opacity technique (DCOT) certification procedure outlined in Section 9.2 of ASTM D7520
- 09, the owner or operator or the DCOT vendor must present the plumes in front of various backgrounds of color and contrast representing conditions anticipated during field use such as blue sky, trees and mixed backgrounds (clouds and/or a sparse tree stand). (ii) The owner or operator must also have standard operating procedures in place including daily or other f requency quality checks to ensure the equipment is within manufacturing specifications as outlined in Section 8.1 of ASTM D7520
- 09. (iii) The owner or operator must follow the recordkeeping procedures outlined in §63.10(b)(1) for the DCOT certification,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 273 of 281
compliance report, data sheets and all raw unaltered JPEGs used for opacity and certification determination. (iv) The owner or operator or the DCOT vendor must have a minimum of four (4) independent technology users apply the software to determine the visibl e opacity of the 300 certification plumes. For each set of 25 plumes, the user may not exceed 15 percent opacity of any one reading and the average error must not exceed 7.5 percent opacity. (v) Use of this approved alternative does not provide or imply a certification or validation of any vendor’s hardware or software. The onus to maintain and verify the certification and/or training of the DCOT camera, software and operator in accordance with ASTM D7520
- 09 and these requirements is on the facility, DCOT operator and DCOT vendor. * * * * * (e) * * * (1) Fugitive dust sources . Failure to have a fugitive dust control plan or failure to report deviations from the plan and take necessary corrective action would be a violation of the general duty to ensure tha t fugitive dust sources are operated and maintained in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions per §63.1652(f). (2) * * **********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 274 of 281 (ii) [Reserved] * * * * * 18. Section 63.1657 is amended by: a. Revising paragraph (a)( 6); b. Revising paragraph (b)(3); and c. Revising paragraph (c)(7) to read as follows: §63.1657 Monitoring requirements. (a) * * * (6) Failure to monitor or failure to take corrective action under the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section would be a violation of the general duty to operate in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices that minimizes emissions per §63.1652(f). (b) * * * (3) Failure to monitor or failure to take corrective action under the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section would be a violation of the general duty to operate in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices that minimizes emissions per §63.1652(f). (c) * * * (7) Failure to monitor or failure to take corrective action under the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section would be a violation of the general duty to operate in a manner*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 275 of 281 consistent with good air pollution control practices that minimizes emissions per §63.1652(f). 19. Section 63.1659 is amended by revising para graph (a)(4) to read as follows: (a) * * * (4) Reporting malfunctions . If a malfunction occurred during the reporting period, the report must include the number, duration, and a brief description for each type of malfunction which occurred during the repor ting period and which caused or may have caused any applicable emission limitation to be exceeded. The report must also include a description of actions taken by an owner or operator during a malfunction of an affected source to minimize emissions in accor dance with §63.1652(f) **,** including actions taken to correct a malfunction. * * * * * 20. Section 63.1660 is amended by: a. Revising paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii); and b. Removing and reserving paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) and (a)(2)(v) to read as follows: (a) * * * (2) * * * (i) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of operation (i.e., process equipment) or the air*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 276 of 281 pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment; (ii) Records of actions taken during periods of malfunction to minimi ze emissions in accordance with §63.1652(f), including corrective actions to restore malfunctioning process and air pollution control and monitoring equipment to its normal or usual manner of operation; * * * * * (iv) [Reserved] (v) [Reserved] * * * * * 21 . Section 63.1662 is added to read as follows: §63.1662 Affirmative Defense for Violation of Emission S tandards During Malfunction. In response to an action to enforce the standards set forth in §63.1652 through §63.1654, you may assert an affirmative defe nse to a claim for civil penalties for violations of such standards that are caused by malfunction, as defined at 40 CFR 63.2. Appropriate penalties may be assessed if you fail to meet your burden of proving all of the requirements in the affirmative defen se . The affirmative defense shall not be available for claims for injunctive relief. (a) Assertion of affirmative defense. To establish the affirmative defense in any action to enforce such a standard,*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 277 of 281 you must timely meet the reporting requirements in par agraph (b) of this section, and must prove by a preponderance of evidence that: (1) The violation: (i) Was caused by a sudden, infrequent, and unavoidable failure of air pollution control equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a normal o r usual manner ; and (ii) Could not have been prevented through careful planning, proper design or better operation and maintenance practices; and (iii) Did not stem from any activity or event that could have been foreseen and avoided, or planned for; and (iv) Was not part of a recurring pattern indicative of inadequate design, operation, or maintenance; and (2) Repairs were made as expeditiously as possible when a violation occurred ; and (3) The frequency, amount and duration of the violation (including an y bypass) were minimized to the maximum extent practicable; and (4) If the violation resulted from a bypass of control equipment or a process, then the bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage; and*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 278 of 281 (5) All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact of the violation on ambient air quality, the environment , and human health; and (6) All emissions monitoring and control systems were kept in operation if at all possible, consistent with safety and good air pollution control practices; and (7) All of the actions in response to the violation were documented by properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs; and (8) At all times, the affected source was operated in a manner consistent with good practices for minimizing emissions; and (9) A written root cause analysis has been prepared, the purpose of which is to determine, correct, and eliminate the primary causes of the malfunction and the violation resulting from the malfunction event at issue. The analysis shall also specify, using best monitoring methods and engineering judgment, the amount of any emissions that were the result of the malfunction. (b) Report. The owner or operator seeking to assert an affirmative defense shall submit a written report to the Administrator with all necessary supporting documentation, that explains how it has met the requirements set forth in paragraph*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 279 of 281 (a) of this section. This a ffirmative defense report shall be included in the first periodic compliance, deviation report or excess emission report otherwise required after the initial occurrence of the violation of the relevant standard (which may be the end of any applicable avera ging period). If such compliance, deviation report or excess emission report is due less than 45 days after the initial occurrence of the violation, the affirmative defense report may be included in the second compliance, deviation report or excess emissio n report due after the initial occurrence of the violation of the relevant standard. 22. Add Table 1 to the end of subpart XXX to read as follows: **Table 1 to Subpart XXX of Part 63 —** **General Provisions Applicability to Subpart XXX**  **Reference Applies to**  **subpa rt**  **XXX Comment** 
63.1 Yes 63.2 Yes 63.3 Yes 63.4 Yes 63.5 Yes 63.6(a), (b), (c) Yes 63.6(d) No Section reserved. 63.6(e)(1)(i) No See 63.1623(g) and 63.1652(f) for general duty requirement. 63.6(e)(1)(ii) No 63.6(e)(1)(iii) Yes 63.6(e)(2) No Section reserved. 63.6(e)(3) No 63.6(f)(1) No*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 280 of 281 **Reference Applies to**  **subpa rt**  **XXX Comment**  6.6(f)(2)

– (f)(3) Yes 63.6(g) Yes 63.6(h)(1) No 63.6(h)(2)

– (h)(9) Yes . 63.6(i) Yes 63.6(j) Yes §63.7(a)
- (d) Yes §63.7(e)(1) No See 63.1625(a)(5) and 63.1656(a)(6) §63.7(e)(2)
- (e)(4) Yes 63.7(f), (g), (h) Yes 63.8(a)
- (b) Yes 63.8(c)(1)(i) No See 63.1623(g) and 63.1652(f) for general duty requirement. 63.8(c)(1)(ii) Yes 63.8(c)(1)(iii) No 63.8(c)(2)
- (d)(2) Yes 63.8(d)(3) Yes, except for last sentence SSM plans are not

required. 63.8(e)
- (g) Yes 63.9(a),(b),(c),(e),(g),(h)(1)t hrough (3), (h)(5) and (6), (i) and (j) Yes 63.9(f) Yes 63.9(h)(4) No Reserved 63.10 (a) Yes 63.10 (b)(1) Yes 63.10(b)(2)(i) No 63.10(b)(2)(ii) No See 63.1629 and 63.1660 for recordkeeping of (1) occurrence and duration and (2) actions taken during malfunction. 63.10(b)(2)(iii) Yes 63.10(b)(2)(iv)
- (b)(2)(v) No 63.10(b)(2)(vi)
- (b)(2)(xiv) Yes*********E.O. 12866 Review –**  **Draft ( 3/13**  **/2014 )**  **– Do Not Cite, Quote or**  **Release During Review ***** Page 281 of 281 **Reference Applies to**  **subpa rt**  **XXX Comment**  63.10)(b)(3) Yes 63.10(c)(1)
- (9) Yes 63.10(c)(10)
- (11) No See 63.1629 and 63.1630 for malfunction recordkeeping requirements. 63.10(c)(12)
- (c)(14) Yes 63.10(c)(15) No 63.10(d)(1)
- (4) Yes 63.10(d)(5) No See 63.1629(d)(8) and 63.1659(a)(4) for malfunction reporting requirements. 63.10(e)
- ((f) Yes 63.11 No Flares will not be used to comply with the emission limits 63.12 to 63.15 Yes

**.**